Operator'S Manual 310J and 310SJ Backhoe Loaders

310J and 310SJ
Backhoe Loader
OPERATOR’S MANUAL
310J and 310SJ Backhoe Loaders
OMT210365 Issue J8 (ENGLISH)
CALIFORNIA
Proposition 65 Warning
Diesel engine exhaust and some of its constituents are

known to the State of California to cause cancer, birth
defects, and other reproductive harm.
If this product contains a gasoline engine:
WARNING
The engine exhaust from this product contains chemicals
known to the State of California to cause cancer, birth
defects or other reproductive harm.
The State of California requires the above two warnings.
Worldwide Construction
And Forestry Division
LITHO IN U.S.A.
Introduction
Foreword
READ THIS MANUAL carefully to learn how to operate numbers when you order parts. File the identification
and service your machine correctly. Failure to do so numbers in a secure place off the machine.
could result in personal injury or equipment damage.
This manual and safety signs on your machine may WARRANTY is provided as part of John Deere’s
also be available in other languages. (See your John support program for customers who operate and
Deere dealer to order.) maintain their equipment as described in this manual.
The warranty is explained on the warranty certificate
THIS MANUAL SHOULD BE CONSIDERED a which you should have received from your dealer.
permanent part of your machine and should remain
with the machine when you sell it. This warranty provides you the assurance that John
Deere will back its products where defects appear
MEASUREMENTS in this manual are given in both within the warranty period. In some circumstances,
metric and customary U.S. unit equivalents. Use only John Deere also provides field improvements, often
correct replacement parts and fasteners. Metric and without charge to the customer, even if the product is
inch fasteners may require a specific metric or inch out of warranty. Should the equipment be abused, or
wrench. modified to change its performance beyond the original
factory specifications, the warranty will become void
RIGHT-HAND AND LEFT-HAND sides are determined and field improvements may be denied. Setting fuel
by facing in the direction of forward travel. delivery above specifications or otherwise
overpowering machines will result in such action.
WRITE PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION NUMBERS
(P.I.N.) in the Machine Numbers section. Accurately THE TIRE MANUFACTURER’S warranty supplied with
record all the numbers to help in tracing the machine your machine may not apply outside the U.S.
should it be stolen. Your dealer also needs these
DX,IFC7 –19–16NOV01–1/1
IMPORTANT
Warranty will not apply to engine and drivetrain failures

resulting from unauthorized adjustments to this engine.
Unauthorized adjustments are in violation of the emissions

regulations applicable to this engine and may result in
substantial fines and penalties.
VD76477,000104D –19–13JUN07–1/1
101008
PN=2
Introduction
Emission Control Statement
EMISSIONS CONTROL WARRANTY STATEMENT FOR

NEW JOHN DEERE CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT (U.S. AND CANADA)
To determine if the engine in your machine qualifies for the additional warranties set forth below, look for the "Engine Information"
label located on your engine. If you reside in the United States and the engine label states: "Engine conforms to
US EPA regulations on heavy duty non road diesel cycle engines," you are entitled to the "U.S. Emission Control Warranty
Statement." If you reside in California, and the engine label states: "Engine conforms to California regulations on heavy duty
non road diesel cycle engines," you are entitled to the "California Emission Control Warranty Statement."
U.S. EPA EMISSIONS CONTROL WARRANTY STATEMENT
Emissions control-related parts and components are warranted Operator's Manual. John Deere recommends that you retain all
by John Deere for five years or 3000 hours of operation, whichever receipts covering maintenance on your heavy-duty engine, but
occurs first. John Deere further warrants that the engine covered John Deere cannot deny warranty solely for the lack of receipts
by this warranty was designed, built, and equipped so as to or for your failure to ensure the performance of all scheduled
conform at the time of sale with all U.S. emissions standards at maintenance.
the time of manufacture, and that it is free of defects in materials
and workmanship which would cause it not to meet these However, as the heavy-duty engine owner, you should be aware
standards within the period of five years or 3000 hours of that John Deere may deny you warranty coverage if your heavy-
operations, whichever occurs first. duty engine or a part has failed due to abuse, neglect, improper
maintenance or unapproved modifications.
Warranties stated on this certificate refer only to emissions-related
parts and components of your engine. The complete machine Your engine is designed to operate on diesel fuel only. Use of
warranty, less emisions-related parts and components, is any other fuel may result in your engine no longer operating in
provided separately as "John Deere "Secure Warranty" For New compliance with California's emissions requirements.
Construction Products."
You are responsible for initiating the warranty process. The CARB
CALIFORNIA EMISSION CONTROL WARRANTY STATEMENT suggests that you present your machine to the nearest authorized
YOUR WARRANTY RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS John Deere dealer as soon as a problem is suspected. The
warranty repairs should be completed by the service dealer as
The California Air Resources Board (CARB) and John Deere are expeditiously as possible.
pleased to explain the emission control system on your new If you have any questions regarding your warranty rights and
engine. In California, new heavy-duty engines must be designed, responsibilities, you should contact John Deere at 1-319-292-
built and equipped to meet the State's stringent anti-smog 5400, or the State of California Air Resources Board, Mobile Source
standards. John Deere must warrant the emission control system Operation Division, PO Box 8001, El Monte, CA 91731-2900
on your engine for the periods of time listed below provided there
has been no abuse, neglect, or improper maintenance of your The warranty period begins on the date the machine is delivered
machine. to an ultimate purchaser, or when otherwise put into service.
John Deere warrants to the ultimate purchaser and each
subsequent purchaser that the engine is designed, built and
Your emissions control system includes: equipped so as to conform with all applicable regulations adopted
by the Air Resources Board, and that it is free from defects in
Fuel Metering System materials and workmanship which would cause the failure of a
Fuel Injection System warranted part.
Air Induction System Any warranted part which is scheduled for replacement as
Intake Manifold required maintenance by the operator's manual is warranted by
Turbocharger System John Deere for the period of time prior to the first scheduled
Charge Air Cooling System replacement point for that part. If the part fails prior to the first
scheduled replacement point, the part shall be repaired or
Miscellaneous Items used in Above Systems replaced under warranty. Any such part repaired or replaced
under warranty is warranted for the remainder of the period prior
to the first scheduled replacement point for that part.
Where a warrantable condition exists, i.e. failure due to defect in
John Deere-supplied material and/or workmanship, John Deere Any warranted part which is not scheduled for replacement as
will repair your heavy-duty engine at no cost to you including required maintenance, or which is scheduled only for regular
diagnosis, parts and labor inspection to the effect of repairing or replacing as necessary, is
warranted for the warranty period.
JOHN DEERE'S WARRANTY COVERAGE:
Repair or replacement of a warranted part will be performed at no
The emission control system of your heavy-duty engine is charge to you by an authorized John Deere dealer. You will not
warranted for five years or 3000 hours of operation, whichever be charged for diagnostic labor which leads to the determination
occurs first. If any emission-related part on your engine is that a warranted part is defective, if the diagnostic work is
defective, the part will be repaired or replaced by John Deere. performed by a John Deere dealer.
Warranties stated on this certificate refer only to emissions-related
parts and components of your engine. The complete machine John Deere is liable for damages to other engine components
caused by failure under warranty of any warranted part.
–19–28JUN00
warranty, less emissions-related parts and components, is

provided separately as the "John Deere "Secure Warranty" For John Deere is NOT liable for travel or mileage on extended
New Construction Products." emissions warranty service calls.
OWNER'S WARRANTY RESPONSIBILITIES: Any replacement part may be used in the performance of any
maintenance or repairs, and such use will not reduce the warranty
T132126
As the heavy-duty engine owner, you are responsible for the obligations of John Deere. However, the use of add-on or
performance of the required maintenance as outlined in the modified parts are grounds for disallowing a warranty claim.
OUO1065,000006C –19–08JAN08–1/1
101008
PN=3
Introduction
Technical Information Feedback Form
We need your help to continually improve our technical

publications. Please copy this page and FAX or mail your
comments, ideas and improvements.
SEND TO: John Deere Dubuque Works

P.O. Box 538
Attn: Publications Supervisor, Dept. 303
Dubuque, IA 52004-0538
FAX NUMBER: 563-589-5800
Ideas, Comments (Please State Page Number):
OVERALL, how would you rate the quality of this publication? (Check one)
Poor Fair Good Very Good Excellent

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Company Name:
Technician Name:
Address:
Phone:
Fax No.:
Dealer Acct. No.:
THANK YOU!
TX,TM,FAX –19–03JUL01–1/1
101008
PN=4
Contents
Page Page
Safety—Safety And Operator Conveniences Make Welding Repairs Safely. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4-3

Safety and Operator Convenience Features . . . 1-1-1 Drive Metal Pins Safely . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4-3
Service Tires Safely . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4-4
Safety—General Precautions
Recognize Safety Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2-1 Safety—Safety Signs
Follow Safety Instructions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2-1 Safety Signs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5-1
Operate Only If Qualified . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2-2 Safety Signs—Backhoe Coupler (If
Wear Protective Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2-2 Equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5-3
Avoid Unauthorized Machine Modifications. . . . 1-2-2
Inspect Machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2-3
Operation—Operator’s Station
Stay Clear of Moving Parts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2-3
Pedals and Levers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-1
Avoid High-Pressure Oils . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2-3
Pedals and Levers—If Equipped With Pilot
Avoid High-Pressure Fluids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2-4
Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-1
Beware of Exhaust Fumes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2-4
Standard Display Monitor (SDM) . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-2
Prevent Fires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2-5
Standard Display Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-3
Prevent Battery Explosions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2-5
Anti-Theft Security System Configuration . . . . . 2-1-5
Handle Chemical Products Safely. . . . . . . . . . . 1-2-6
Anti-Theft Security System Operation . . . . . . . 2-1-11
Dispose of Waste Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2-6
Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—
Prepare for Emergencies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2-6
Normal Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-14
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Monitor
Safety—Operating Precautions Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-15
Use Steps and Handholds Correctly . . . . . . . . . 1-3-1 Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Main
Start Only From Operator’s Seat . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3-1 Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-16
Use and Maintain Seat Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3-1 Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Main
Prevent Unintended Machine Movement . . . . . 1-3-2 Menu—Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-16
Prevent Unintended Machine Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Main
Movement—If Equipped With Pilot Menu—Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-18
Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3-2 Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Main
Avoid Work Site Hazards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3-3 Menu—Job Timer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-19
Keep Riders Off Machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3-4 Right-Side Console Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-20
Avoid Backover Accidents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3-4 Controls—Steering Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-22
Avoid Machine Tipover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3-5 Pilot Control Enable/Disable Switch—If
Add and Operate Attachments Safely. . . . . . . . 1-3-5 Equipped . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-23
Use Special Care When Operating. . . . . . . . . . 1-3-6 Pattern Select Switch—If Equipped . . . . . . . . 2-1-24
Operating or Traveling On Public Roads . . . . . 1-3-6 Engine Speed Control Knob . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-24
Inspect and Maintain ROPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3-7 Horn Button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-25
Prevent Unintended Detonation of Defroster, Heater, and Air Conditioner
Explosive Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3-7 Controls—If Equipped . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-25
Side Windows—Secondary Exits . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-26
Safety—Maintenance Precautions Rear Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-26
Park and Prepare for Service Safely . . . . . . . . 1-4-1 Adjusting Seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-27
Service Cooling System Safely. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4-1
Remove Paint Before Welding or Heating . . . . 1-4-2 Continued on next page
All information, illustrations and specifications in this manual are based on

the latest information available at the time of publication. The right is
reserved to make changes at any time without notice.
COPYRIGHT  2008
DEERE & COMPANY
Moline, Illinois
All rights reserved
A John Deere ILLUSTRUCTION Manual
Previous Editions
Copyright  2007
i 101008
PN=1
Contents
Page Page
Steering Wheel Tilt Lever—If Equipped . . . . . 2-1-29 Biodiesel Fuel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-2

12-Volt Accessory Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-30 Low Sulfur Diesel Fuel Conditioner. . . . . . . . . . 3-1-3
Testing Diesel Fuel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-4
Operation—Operating The Machine Handling and Storing Diesel Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-4
Inspect Machine Daily Before Starting . . . . . . . 2-2-1 Alternative and Synthetic Lubricants. . . . . . . . . 3-1-5
Check Instruments Before Starting . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-2 Diesel Engine Break-In Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-5
Engine Break-in Period. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-3 Diesel Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-6
Starting the Engine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-4 Diesel Engine Oil and Filter Service Intervals . . 3-1-7
Starting Fluid—Cold Weather Start Aid—If Transmission, Axles, and Mechanical
Equipped . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-6 Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Oil . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-9
Using Coolant Heater—If Equipped . . . . . . . . . 2-2-7 Hydraulic Oil. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-9
Warm-Up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-8 Grease . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-10
Cold Weather Warm-Up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-8 Diesel Engine Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-11
Ride Control Operation—If Equipped . . . . . . . . 2-2-9
Pilot Control Operation—If Equipped . . . . . . . 2-2-10 Maintenance—Periodic Maintenance
Driving the Machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-11 Service Machine at Specified Intervals . . . . . . . 3-2-1
Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-13 Check Hour Meter Regularly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2-1
Operating Stabilizers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-14 Prepare Machine for Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . 3-2-2
Operating Boom Lock. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-15 Engine Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2-2
Operating Swing Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-16 Loader Boom Service Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2-6
Operating Swing Lock Pin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-16 Opening and Closing Engine Hood. . . . . . . . . . 3-2-7
Operating Backhoe—John Deere Fuel Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2-7
Two-Lever Controls. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-17 Maintenance and Repair Record
Operating Backhoe—Excavator Two-Lever Keeping System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2-8
Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-18 Fluid Analysis Program Test Kits and
Operating Backhoe—John Deere Pilot 3-Way Coolant Test Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2-9
Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-19 Service Intervals. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2-10
Operating Backhoe—Excavator Pilot Required Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2-11
Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-20
Operating Extendible Dipperstick—If Maintenance—As Required
Equipped . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-21 Inspect Loader Boom Service Lock . . . . . . . . . 3-3-1
Operating Extendible Dipperstick With Check and Adjust Backhoe Boom Lock . . . . . . 3-3-2
Attachments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-22 Check Tire Pressure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3-3
Operating Extendible Dipperstick Lock—If Tire Inflation Pressures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3-4
Equipped . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-22 Check Wheel Fasteners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3-6
Operating Backhoe Auxiliary Hydraulic Clean Cab Air Filters—If Equipped . . . . . . . . . . 3-3-7
Selective Flow Functions—If Equipped . . . . 2-2-23 Inspect and Clean Hydraulic Reservoir
Operating Backhoe Auxiliary Hydraulic Fill Screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3-8
Functions—If Equipped . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-24 Drain Water and Sediment from Water
Operating Hydraulic Thumb—If Equipped. . . . 2-2-25 Separator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3-9
Operating Backhoe Coupler—If Equipped . . . 2-2-26 Drain Fuel Tank Water and Sediment. . . . . . . 3-3-10
Operating Loader Coupler—If Equipped . . . . . 2-2-29 Clean Engine Air Cleaner Dust Unloader
Operating Loader . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-30 Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3-10
Operating Differential Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-31 Clean or Replace Air Cleaner
Operating Mechanical Front Wheel Drive Elements—Tier 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3-11
(MFWD)—If Equipped . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-32 Clean or Replace Air Cleaner
Lifting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-33 Elements—Tier 2 and Non-Regulated
Parking the Machine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-34 Engines. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3-12
Loading Machine on a Trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-35 Inspect Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3-13
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-36 Grease MFWD Drive Shaft Splines—If
Equipped . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3-13
Maintenance—Machine
Diesel Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-1 Continued on next page
ii 101008
PN=2
Contents
Page Page
Grease Non-Powered Front Wheel Clean Engine Crankcase Ventilation

Bearings—If Equipped . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3-14 Tube—Tier 2 and Non-Regulated Engines . . 3-9-2
Replace Hydraulic Reservoir Breather . . . . . . . 3-9-3
Maintenance—Every 10 Hours or Daily Check Engine Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9-3
Check Hydraulic Reservoir Oil Level . . . . . . . . 3-4-1 Replace Engine Air Cleaner Elements—
Check Engine Oil Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4-2 Tier 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9-4
Check Coolant Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4-3 Replace Engine Air Cleaner Elements—
Grease Loader Pivots. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4-4 Tier 2 and Non-Regulated Engine . . . . . . . . . 3-9-5
Grease 4-in-1 Bucket Pivots—If Equipped . . . . 3-4-5 Replace Hydraulic Oil Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9-6
Grease Stabilizer Pivots and Cylinder Pins. . . . 3-4-5 Replace Fuel Breather . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9-6
Grease Backhoe Linkage, Pivots, and Change Transmission and Torque
Cylinder Rod Ends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4-6 Converter Oil and Replace Filter . . . . . . . . . . 3-9-7
Grease Loader Quick Coupler—If Equipped . . . 3-4-7
Grease Non-Powered Front Axle and Maintenance—Every 2000 Hours
Steering Pivots . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4-8 Adjust Engine Valve Lash (Clearance) . . . . . . 3-10-1
Grease MFWD Front Axle and Universal Change Hydraulic Reservoir Oil . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10-1
Joints—If Equipped . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4-9 Change MFWD Front Wheel Planetary
Grease Backhoe Coupler Mechanical Jack Housing Oil—If Equipped . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10-2
(If Equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4-9 Change MFWD Front Axle Housing Oil—If
Equipped . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10-3
Maintenance—Every 50 Hours Change Rear Axle and Planetary
Check Transmission Oil Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5-1 Housing Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10-4
Grease Backhoe Coupler Fittings (If
Equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5-1 Miscellaneous—Machine
External Service Brake Inspection . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-1
Maintenance—Initial Service - 250 Hours Inspecting and Cleaning Dusty
Change Engine Break-In Oil and Secondary and Primary Element. . . . . . . . . . 4-1-2
Replace Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6-1 Check Receiver-Dryer—If Equipped . . . . . . . . . 4-1-3
Checking Coolant Hoses and Radiator . . . . . . . 4-1-4
Draining the Cooling System—Tier 3 Engine . . 4-1-5
Maintenance—Every 250 Hours
Draining the Cooling System—Tier 2 and
Check MFWD Planetary Housing Oil—If
Non-Regulated Engines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-7
Equipped . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7-1
Filling the Cooling System—Tier 3 Engine . . . . 4-1-9
Check MFWD Axle Oil Level—If Equipped . . . . 3-7-1
Filling the Cooling System—Tier 2 and
Check Battery Electrolyte Level and
Non-Regulated Engines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-10
Terminals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7-2
Do Not Service or Adjust Injection
Check Rear Axle Oil Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7-4
Nozzles or Injection Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-11
Precautions for Alternator and Regulator . . . . 4-1-11
Maintenance—Every 500 Hours Using Battery Charger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-12
Check Coolant and Add Conditioner. . . . . . . . . 3-8-1 Using Booster Batteries—12-Volt System. . . . 4-1-13
Check Air Intake Hose . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8-3 Using Booster Batteries—24-Volt System. . . . 4-1-14
Check Boom-to-Dipperstick Pin Bolt Torque . . . 3-8-3 Handling, Checking and Servicing Batteries
Change Engine Oil and Replace Filter . . . . . . . 3-8-4 Carefully . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-15
Replace Primary and Final Fuel Replacing Batteries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-16
Filters—Tier 3 Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8-5 Removing Batteries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-17
Replace Fuel Filter—Tier 2 and JDLink Machine Monitoring System
Non-Regulated Engines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8-6 (MMS)—If Equipped . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-18
Clean Engine Crankcase Ventilation JDLink Machine Monitoring System
Tube—Tier 3 Engine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8-7 (MMS) Direct Laptop Connection—If
Equipped . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-19
Maintenance—Every 1000 Hours Replacing Fuses. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-19
Clean, Pack, and Adjust Front Wheel
Bearings—Non-Powered . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9-1 Continued on next page
iii 101008
PN=3
Contents
Page Page
Remove and Install Halogen Bulb. . . . . . . . . . 4-1-23 Miscellaneous—Storage

Checking Starting System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-24 Prepare Machine for Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4-1
Fluid Sampling Test Ports—If Equipped . . . . . 4-1-25 Monthly Storage Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4-3
Changing Loader Buckets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-26
Adding Front Counterweights . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-27 Miscellaneous—Machine Numbers
Reversing Stabilizer Feet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-27 Record Product Identification Number (PIN) . . . 4-5-1
Adding Liquid Ballast to Front Tires—310J. . . 4-1-28 Record Engine Serial Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5-1
Adding Liquid Ballast to Front Tires—310SJ. . 4-1-28 Record Transmission Serial Number . . . . . . . . 4-5-1
Welding on Machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-29 Record Rear Axle Housing Serial Number . . . . 4-5-1
Checking Ride Control Accumulator—If Record Mechanical Front Wheel Drive
Equipped . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-30 (MFWD) Front Axle Housing Serial
Discharge Ride Control System Number—If Equipped . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5-2
Hydraulic Pressure—If Equipped. . . . . . . . . 4-1-31
Discharge Pilot Control System Miscellaneous—Specifications
Hydraulic Pressure—If Equipped. . . . . . . . . 4-1-32 Travel Speeds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6-1
Lowering Boom Without Electrical Backhoe Loader Drain and Refill Capacities. . . 4-6-2
Power—For Machines With Pilot Controls. . 4-1-33 310J Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6-3
Check Park Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-34 310J Backhoe Loader Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . 4-6-4
Bleeding Service Brakes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-35 310J Backhoe Loader. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6-10
Service Recommendations For STC1 310J Backhoe Loader Weight. . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6-12
Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-37 310J Buckets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6-13
Check and Adjust Engine Speed Control 310J Backhoe Loader Lifting Capacities—
Linkage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-38 Standard Dipperstick. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6-13
Adjusting Pilot Control Wrist Rest—If 310J Backhoe Loader Lifting
Equipped . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-38 Capacities—Extendible Dipperstick
Toe-In Check and Adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-39 (Retracted) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6-14
Installing Teeth on Backhoe Bucket . . . . . . . . 4-1-40 310J Backhoe Loader Lifting
Do Not Service Control Valves, Capacities—Extendible Dipperstick
Cylinders, Pumps or Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-40 (Extended) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6-14
Keep ROPS Installed Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-41 310SJ Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6-15
310SJ Backhoe Loader Dimensions . . . . . . . . 4-6-16
Hardware Torque Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-41
310SJ Backhoe Loader . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6-22
Unified Inch Bolt and Screw Torque Values . . 4-1-42
310SJ Backhoe Loader Weight . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6-23
Metric Bolt and Screw Torque Values. . . . . . . 4-1-43
310SJ Buckets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6-24
310SJ Backhoe Loader Lifting Capacities—
Miscellaneous—Operational Checkout Standard Dipperstick. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6-25
Operational Checkout Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2-1 310SJ Backhoe Loader Lifting
Diagnostic Trouble Code Check . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2-1 Capacities—Extendible Dipperstick
Key Switch Off, Engine Off Checks . . . . . . . . . 4-2-1 (Retracted) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6-25
Key Switch ON, Engine Off Checks . . . . . . . . . 4-2-2 310SJ Backhoe Loader Lifting
Key Switch On, Engine On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2-5 Capacities—Extendible Dipperstick
Cab System Checks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2-21 (Extended) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6-26
Miscellaneous—Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting Procedure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3-1
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3-2
Electrical System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3-6
Steering System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3-12
Hydraulic System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3-13
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3-15
MFWD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3-16
Rear Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3-16
Air Conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3-17
iv 101008
PN=4
Safety—Safety And Operator Conveniences
Safety and Operator Convenience Features
2 3
1
17 5
16
6
13
4
15
12 7 8
14 10 9
–UN–05SEP01
11
T145296
T145296
Please remember, the operator is the key to 9. Bypass Start Protection. Shielding over the starter
preventing accidents. solenoid helps prevent dangerous bypass starting.
10. Ground-Level Fueling, Daily Service Checks.
1. Headlights/Taillights. Two front halogen Ground-level fueling feature eliminates the need to
driving/work lights and two rear halogen work lights. climb on the machine to fuel it.
2. Signal/Warning Lights. Roof mounted turning 11. Steps. Wide, skid-resistant steps provide excellent
signal lights and warning lights for on-road use. footing for getting in/out of operator’s station.
3. ROPS Protection. Certified rollover protection 12. Independent Parking/Secondary Brake.
structure surrounds the operator. Integral roof Independent, electrically controlled, parking brake
provides overhead protection. electrically engages when the engine is stopped.
4. Seat Position Sensor. An audio/visual warning 13. Neutral Start. The machine will not move until the
alerts operator when Transmission Control Lever Transmission Control Lever (TCL) is cycled back
(TCL) is in forward/reverse and the seat turned to neutral and the park brake is released,
toward the backhoe position. regardless of TCL position at startup.
5. Interior Rearview Mirror. Offers the operator a 14. Backup Alarm. Alerts bystanders when the
view of activity behind him. machine is shifted into reverse.
6. Handholds. Large and conveniently placed 15. Seat Belt Retractors. Seat belt retractors help
handholds, make it easy to enter or exit the keep belts clean and convenient to use.
operator’s station. 16. Exceptional Visibility. Views to either side and
7. Loader Boom Service Lock. Provided for working front or rear working tools are unrestricted.
on or around this machine with the boom raised. 17. Operator Manual Holder. A sealed manual holder
8. Engine Fan Guard. A secondary engine fan guard keeps manual clean and dry.
inside engine compartment encloses rotating fan
blades.
VD76477,000126F –19–14DEC06–1/1
1-1-1 101008
PN=7
Recognize Safety Information
This is the safety alert symbol. When you see this
–UN–28AUG00
symbol on your machine or in this manual, be alert
for the potential of personal injury.
Follow the precautions and safe operating practices
T133555
highlighted by this symbol.
A signal word — DANGER, WARNING, or CAUTION — is

used with the safety alert symbol. DANGER identifies the
most serious hazards.
–19–28AUG00
On your machine, DANGER signs are red in color,
WARNING signs are orange, and CAUTION signs are
yellow. DANGER and WARNING signs are located near
specific hazards. General precautions are on CAUTION
T133588
labels.
TX03679,00016CC –19–08JAN08–1/1
Follow Safety Instructions
Read the safety messages in this manual and on the
–UN–24AUG00
machine. Follow these warnings and instructions carefully.
Review them frequently. Keep safety signs in good
condition. Replace missing or damaged safety signs. Be
sure new equipment components and repair parts include
T133556
the current safety signs. Replacement safety signs are
available from your authorized John Deere dealer.
Be sure all operators of this machine understand every

safety message. Replace operator’s manual and safety
labels immediately if missing or damaged.
TX03679,00016F9 –19–07SEP06–1/1
1-2-1 101008
PN=8
Operate Only If Qualified
Do not operate this machine unless the operator’s machine functions with the machine in an open area
manual has been read carefully, and you have been before starting to work.
qualified by supervised training and instruction.
Know and observe all safety rules that may apply to
Operator should be familiar with the job site and every work situation and work site.
surroundings before operating. Try all controls and
TX03679,00016FA –19–03JAN07–1/1
Wear Protective Equipment
Guard against injury from flying pieces of metal or debris;

wear goggles or safety glasses.
Wear close fitting clothing and safety equipment

appropriate to the job.
–UN–23AUG88
Prolonged exposure to loud noise can cause impairment
or loss of hearing. Wear suitable hearing protection such
as earmuffs or earplugs to protect against objectionable or
TS206
uncomfortable loud noises.
TX03679,00016D0 –19–08JAN08–1/1
Avoid Unauthorized Machine Modifications
John Deere recommends using only genuine John machine stability or reliability, and may create a hazard
Deere replacement parts to ensure machine for the operator or others near the machine. The
performance. Never substitute genuine John Deere installer of any modification which may affect the
parts with alternate parts not intended for the electronic controls of this machine is responsible for
application as these can create hazardous situations or establishing that the modification does not adversely
hazardous performance. Non-John Deere parts, or any affect the machine or its performance.
damage or failures resulting from their use are not
covered by any John Deere warranty. Always contact an authorized dealer before making
machine modifications that change the intended use,
Modifications of this machine, or addition of weight or balance of the machine, or that alter
unapproved products or attachments, may affect machine controls, performance or reliability.
VD76477,000001B –19–26APR05–1/1
1-2-2 101008
PN=9
Inspect Machine
Inspect machine carefully each day by walking around it

before starting.
Keep all guards and shields in good condition and
–UN–18OCT88
properly installed. Fix damage and replace worn or broken
parts immediately. Pay special attention to hydraulic
hoses and electrical wiring.
T6607AQ
TX03679,0001734 –19–08JAN08–1/1
Stay Clear of Moving Parts
–UN–12SEP01
Entanglements in moving parts can cause serious injury.
Stop engine before examining, adjusting or maintaining

any part of machine with moving parts.
T133592
Keep guards and shields in place. Replace any guard or
shield that has been removed for access as soon as
service or repair is complete.
TX03679,00016D2 –19–08JAN08–1/1
Avoid High-Pressure Oils
This machine uses a high-pressure hydraulic system.

Escaping oil under pressure can penetrate the skin
causing serious injury.
–UN–17MAR06
Never search for leaks with your hands. Protect hands.
Use a piece of cardboard to find location of escaping oil.
Stop engine and relieve pressure before disconnecting
lines or working on hydraulic system. T133509
If hydraulic oil penetrates your skin, see a doctor

immediately. Injected oil must be removed surgically
within hours or gangrene may result. Contact a
knowledgeable medical source or the Deere & Company
Medical Department in Moline, Illinois, U.S.A.
–UN–20SEP00
T133840
TX03679,00016D3 –19–29JUL08–1/1
1-2-3 101008
PN=10
Avoid High-Pressure Fluids
Escaping fluid under pressure can penetrate the skin

causing serious injury.
Avoid the hazard by relieving pressure before
–UN–23AUG88
disconnecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all
connections before applying pressure.
Search for leaks with a piece of cardboard. Protect hands
X9811
and body from high pressure fluids.
If an accident occurs, see a doctor immediately. Any fluid

injected into the skin must be surgically removed within a
few hours or gangrene may result. Doctors unfamiliar with
this type of injury should reference a knowledgeable
medical source. Such information is available from Deere
& Company Medical Department in Moline, Illinois, U.S.A.
DX,FLUID –19–03MAR93–1/1
Beware of Exhaust Fumes
Prevent asphyxiation. Engine exhaust fumes can cause

sickness or death.
–UN–24AUG00
If you must operate in an enclosed space, provide
adequate ventilation. Use an exhaust pipe extension to
remove the exhaust fumes or open doors and windows to
T133546
bring outside air into the area.
TX03679,00016D4 –19–23JUN08–1/1
1-2-4 101008
PN=11
Prevent Fires
–UN–14SEP00
Handle Fuel Safely: Store flammable fluids away from
fire hazards. Never refuel machine while smoking or when
near sparks or flame.
T133552
Clean Machine Regularly: Keep trash, debris, grease
and oil from accumulating in engine compartment, around
fuel lines, hydraulic lines and electrical wiring. Never store
oily rags or flammable materials inside a machine
compartment.
–UN–07SEP00
Maintain Hoses and Wiring: Replace hydraulic hoses
immediately if they begin to leak, and clean up any oil
T133553
spills. Examine electrical wiring and connectors frequently
for damage.
Keep A Fire Extinguisher Available: Always keep a

multi-purpose fire extinguisher on or near the machine.
–UN–07SEP00
Know how to use extinguisher properly.
T133554
TX03679,00016F5 –19–08JAN08–1/1
Prevent Battery Explosions
Battery gas can explode. Keep sparks, lighted matches,

and open flame away from the top of battery.
Never check battery charge by placing a metal object

across the posts. Use a voltmeter or hydrometer.
–UN–23AUG88
Do not charge a frozen battery; it may explode. Warm
battery to 16°C (60°F). TS204
TX03679,000174A –19–08JAN08–1/1
1-2-5 101008
PN=12
Handle Chemical Products Safely
Exposure to hazardous chemicals can cause serious
–UN–25AUG00
injury. Under certain conditions, lubricants, coolants,
paints and adhesives used with this machine may be
hazardous.
T133580
If uncertain about safe handling or use of these chemical
products, contact your authorized dealer for a Material
Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) or go to internet website
http://www.jdmsds.com. The MSDS describes physical
and health hazards, safe use procedures, and emergency
response techniques for chemical substances. Follow
MSDS recommendations to handle chemical products
safely.
TX03679,00016D7 –19–03JAN07–1/1
Dispose of Waste Properly
Improper disposal of waste can threaten the environment.
–UN–25AUG00
Fuel, oils, coolants, filters and batteries used with this
machine may be harmful if not disposed of properly.
Never pour waste onto the ground, down a drain, or into
T133567
any water source.
Air conditioning refrigerants can damage the atmosphere.

Government regulations may require using a certified
service center to recover and recycle used refrigerants.
If uncertain about the safe disposal of waste, contact your

local environmental or recycling center or your authorized
dealer for more information.
TX03679,0001733 –19–08JAN08–1/1
Prepare for Emergencies
Be prepared if an emergency occurs or a fire starts.
Keep a first aid kit and fire extinguisher handy.
Keep emergency numbers for doctors, ambulance service,

–UN–23AUG88
hospital, and fire department near your telephone.

TS291
TX03679,000174B –19–08JAN08–1/1
1-2-6 101008
PN=13
Safety—Operating Precautions
Use Steps and Handholds Correctly
Prevent falls by facing the machine when you get on and
–UN–30AUG00
off. Maintain 3-point contact with steps and handrails.
Never use machine controls as handholds.
Use extra care when mud, snow, or moisture present
T133468
slippery conditions. Keep steps clean and free of grease
or oil. Never jump when exiting machine. Never mount or
dismount a moving machine.
TX03679,00016F2 –19–12FEB07–1/1
Start Only From Operator’s Seat
–UN–07SEP00
Avoid unexpected machine movement. Start engine only
while sitting in operator’s seat. Ensure all controls and
working tools are in proper position for a parked machine.
T133715
Never attempt to start engine from the ground. Do not
attempt to start engine by shorting across the starter
solenoid terminals.
TX03679,0001799 –19–03JAN07–1/1
Use and Maintain Seat Belt
Use seat belt when operating machine. Remember to
–19–14SEP00
fasten seat belt when loading and unloading from trucks
and during other uses.
T133716
Examine seat belt frequently. Be sure webbing is not cut
or torn. Replace seat belt immediately if any part is
damaged or does not function properly.
The complete seat belt assembly should be replaced

every three years, regardless of appearance.
TX03679,00016DD –19–19MAR07–1/1
1-3-1 101008
PN=14
Prevent Unintended Machine Movement

1
Always set the park lock brake switch to the ON
position (1) before leaving the operator’s seat for any
reason.
–UN–19DEC06
Be careful not to accidentally actuate steering, travel or
other controls. Engage park brake and lower work
P
equipment to the ground during work interruptions. Stop
TX1014609
the engine before allowing anyone to approach the
machine. Follow proper parking procedures before leaving
the operator’s station.
1—ON Position
VD76477,0001204 –19–02FEB07–1/1
Prevent Unintended Machine Movement—If

Equipped With Pilot Controls
Be careful not to accidentally actuate control levers when

co-workers are present. Always lock hydraulics on
–UN–12DEC06
backhoe during work interruptions. Lock hydraulics before
allowing anyone to approach machine.
TX1014474
VD76477,0001200 –19–20DEC06–1/1
1-3-2 101008
PN=15
Avoid Work Site Hazards
Avoid contact with gas lines, buried cables and water

lines. Call utility line location services to identify all
underground utilities before you dig.
–UN–01NOV01
Prepare work site properly. Avoid operating near
structures or objects that could fall onto the machine.
Clear away debris that could move unexpectedly if run
over.
T147554
Avoid boom or attachment contact with overhead
obstacles or overhead electrical lines. Never move any
part of machine or load closer than 3 m (10 ft) plus twice
the line insulator length to overhead wires.
Keep bystanders clear at all times. Keep bystanders

away from raised booms, attachments, and unsupported
loads. Avoid swinging or raising booms, attachments, or
–UN–13DEC01
loads over or near personnel. Use barricades or a signal
person to keep vehicles and pedestrians away. Use a
signal person if moving machine in congested areas or
where visibility is restricted. Always keep signal person in
T147555
view. Coordinate hand signals before starting machine.
Operate only on solid footing with strength sufficient to

support machine. Be especially alert working near
embankments or excavations.
Avoid working under over-hanging embankments or

stockpiles that could collapse on machine.
Reduce machine speed when operating with tool on or

near ground when obstacles may be hidden (e.g., during
snow removal or clearing mud, dirt, etc.). At high speeds
hitting obstacles (rocks, uneven concrete or manholes)
can cause a sudden stop. Always wear your seat belt.
VD76477,000001C –19–23JUN08–1/1
1-3-3 101008
PN=16
Keep Riders Off Machine
Only allow the operator on the machine. Keep riders off.
Riders on machine are subject to injury such as being

struck by foreign objects and being thrown off of the
–UN–06DEC01
machine. Riders also obstruct the operator’s view resulting
in the machine being operated in an unsafe manner.
T148715
TX03768,0000BAF –19–07SEP06–1/1
Avoid Backover Accidents
Before moving machine, be sure all persons are clear

of the machine travel path. Turn around and look
–UN–06SEP01
directly for best visibility. Use mirror to assist in checking
behind the machine. Keep windows and mirror clean and
in good repair.
T145317
Be certain backup warning alarm is working properly.
Use a signal person when backing if view is

obstructed or when in close quarters. Keep signal
person in view at all times. Use prearranged hand signals
to communicate.
TX03768,0000B8B –19–20DEC06–1/1
1-3-4 101008
PN=17
Avoid Machine Tipover
Use seat belt at all times.
Do not jump if the machine tips. You will be unlikely to

jump clear and the machine may crush you.
Load and unload from trucks or trailers carefully. Be

sure truck is wide enough and secured on a firm level
surface. Use loading ramps and attach them properly to
truck bed.
Be careful on slopes. Use extra care on soft, rocky or

frozen ground because machine may slip sideways in
these conditions.
Ensure solid footing. Use extra care when operating on

stockpile materials, or near banks or excavations that may
cave-in and cause machine to tip or fall.
–19–26OCT01
T147495
TX03768,0000BA3 –19–07SEP06–1/1
Add and Operate Attachments Safely
Always verify compatibility of attachments by contacting

your authorized dealer. Adding unapproved attachments
may affect machine stability or reliability and may create a
hazard for others near the machine.
Ensure that a qualified person is involved in attachment

installation. Add guards to machine if operator protection
is required or recommended. Verify that all connections
are secure and attachment responds properly to controls.
Carefully read attachment manual and follow all

instructions and warnings. In an area free of bystanders
and obstructions, carefully operate attachment to learn its
characteristics and range of motion.
TX03679,00016F0 –19–12FEB07–1/1
1-3-5 101008
PN=18
Use Special Care When Operating
Never use the loader to lift people. Do not allow anyone

to ride in the bucket or use the bucket as a work platform.
Operate carefully with raised loads. Raising the load
–UN–05DEC01
reduces machine stability, especially on side slopes on
soft terrain. Drive and turn slowly with a raised load.
Ensure that objects in the bucket are secure. Do not
T148749
attempt to lift or carry objects that are too big or too long
to fit inside the bucket unless secured with an adequate
chain or other device. Keep bystanders away from raised
loads.
Be careful when lifting objects. Never attempt to lift

objects too heavy for your machine. Assure machine
stability and hydraulic capability with a test lift before
attempting other maneuvers. Use an adequate chain or
–UN–26OCT01
sling and proper rigging techniques to attach and stabilize
loads.
Never lift an object above or near another person.
T147438
TX03768,0000B70 –19–07SEP06–1/1
Operating or Traveling On Public Roads
Machines that work near vehicle traffic or travel slower

than normal highway speeds must have proper lighting
–UN–22MAY01
and markings to assure they are visible to other drivers.
Install additional lights, beacons, slow moving vehicle

(SMV) emblems, or other devices and use as required to
T141891
make the machine visible and identify it as a work
machine. Check state and local regulations to assure
compliance. Keep these devices clean and in working
condition.
TX03679,00017C8 –19–02MAR07–1/1
1-3-6 101008
PN=19
Inspect and Maintain ROPS
A damaged roll-over protective structure (ROPS) To maintain the ROPS:

should be replaced, not reused.
• Replace missing hardware using correct grade
The protection offered by ROPS will be impaired if hardware.
ROPS is subjected to structural damage, is involved in • Check hardware torque.
an overturn incident, or is in any way altered by • Check isolation mounts for damage, looseness or
welding, bending, drilling, or cutting. wear; replace them if necessary.
• Check ROPS for cracks or physical damage.
If ROPS was loosened or removed for any reason,
inspect it carefully before operating the machine again.
TX03679,000179F –19–07SEP06–1/1
Prevent Unintended Detonation of Explosive

Devices
Avoid serious injury or death from an explosion hazard.

Deactivate all cellular or radio frequency devices on
–UN–07MAY07
equipment stored or operating in an area, such as a
blasting zone, where the use of radio transmitting devices
are prohibited.
TX1023216
VD76477,0001543 –19–08JAN08–1/1
1-3-7 101008
PN=20
Safety—Maintenance Precautions
Park and Prepare for Service Safely
Warn others of service work. Always park and prepare

your machine for service or repair properly.
• Park machine on a level surface and lower equipment
–19–14DEC01
to the ground.
• Engage park brake.
• Stop engine and remove key.
• Attach a “Do Not Operate” tag in an obvious place in
T133332
the operator’s station.
Securely support machine or attachment before working

under it.
• Do not support machine with any hydraulically actuated

tools or attachments.
• Do not support machine with cinder blocks or wooden
pieces that may crumble or crush.
• Do not support machine with a single jack or other
–UN–23AUG88
devices that may slip out of place.
• Always install boom lock before working on or around
this machine with the loader boom raised.
TS229
Understand service procedures before beginning repairs.
Keep service area clean and dry. Use two people
whenever the engine must be running for service work.
TX03679,0001809 –19–02MAR07–1/1
Service Cooling System Safely
Explosive release of fluids from pressurized cooling

system can cause serious burns.
Do not service radiator through the radiator cap. Only fill

through the surge tank filler cap. Shut off engine. Only
–UN–23AUG88
remove surge tank filler cap when cool enough to touch

with bare hands. Slowly loosen cap to relieve pressure
before removing completely.
TS281
VD76477,0001157 –19–20DEC06–1/1
1-4-1 101008
PN=21
Remove Paint Before Welding or Heating
Avoid potentially toxic fumes and dust.
Hazardous fumes can be generated when paint is heated

by welding, soldering, or using a torch.
–UN–23AUG88
Remove paint before heating:
• Remove paint a minimum of 100 mm (4 in.) from area

to be affected by heating. If paint cannot be removed,
TS220
wear an approved respirator before heating or welding.
• If you sand or grind paint, avoid breathing the dust.
Wear an approved respirator.
• If you use solvent or paint stripper, remove stripper with
soap and water before welding. Remove solvent or
paint stripper containers and other flammable material
from area. Allow fumes to disperse at least 15 minutes
before welding or heating.
Do not use a chlorinated solvent in areas where welding

will take place.
Do all work in an area that is well ventilated to carry toxic

fumes and dust away.
Dispose of paint and solvent properly.
DX,PAINT –19–24JUL02–1/1
1-4-2 101008
PN=22
Make Welding Repairs Safely
IMPORTANT: Disable electrical power before welding.
–UN–31AUG00
Turn off main battery switch or
disconnect positive battery cable.
Separate harness connectors to engine
and vehicle microprocessors.
T133547
Avoid welding or heating near pressurized fluid lines.
Flammable spray may result and cause severe burns if
pressurized lines fail as a result of heating. Do not let heat
go beyond work area to nearby pressurized lines.
Remove paint properly. Do not inhale paint dust or fumes.

Use a qualified welding technician for structural repairs.
Make sure there is good ventilation. Wear eye protection
and protective equipment when welding.
TX03679,00016D5 –19–24SEP07–1/1
Drive Metal Pins Safely
–UN–14SEP00
Always wear protective goggles or safety glasses and
other protective equipment before striking hardened parts.
Hammering hardened metal parts such as pins and
bucket teeth may dislodge chips at high velocity.
T133738
Use a soft hammer or a brass bar between hammer and
object to prevent chipping.
TX03679,0001745 –19–07SEP06–1/1
1-4-3 101008
PN=23
Service Tires Safely
Explosive separation of a tire and rim parts can cause

serious injury or death.
Do not attempt to mount a tire unless you have the proper

equipment and experience to perform the job.
Always maintain the correct tire pressure. Do not inflate

the tires above the recommended pressure. Never weld or
heat a wheel and tire assembly. The heat can cause an
increase in air pressure resulting in a tire explosion.
Welding can structurally weaken or deform the wheel.
When inflating tires, use a clip-on chuck and extension

hose long enough to allow you to stand to one side and
NOT in front of or over the tire assembly. Use a safety
cage if available.
Check wheels for low pressure, cuts, bubbles, damaged

rims or missing lug bolts and nuts.
–UN–23AUG88
TS211
DX,RIM –19–24AUG90–1/1
1-4-4 101008
PN=24
Safety—Safety Signs
Safety Signs
–19–14DEC06
TX1016262
Continued on next page VD76477,0001540 –19–06JUN07–1/2
1-5-1 101008
PN=25
–19–14DEC06
TX1016263
VD76477,0001540 –19–06JUN07–2/2
1-5-2 101008
PN=26
Safety Signs—Backhoe Coupler (If Equipped)
–19–10JUL07
TX1024865
Safety Signs—If Equipped with Backhoe Coupler

VD76477,000152B –19–26JUN07–1/1
1-5-3 101008
PN=27
Pedals and Levers
1—Backhoe Control Lever

2—Boom Lock Lever
3—Backhoe Auxiliary Hydraulic Function Foot Pedal
–UN–13JAN03
T163833B
HG31779,00001C3 –19–31OCT06–1/1
Pedals and Levers—If Equipped With Pilot

Controls
1—Backhoe Pilot Controls

2—Boom Lock Lever
3—Backhoe Auxiliary Hydraulic Function Foot Pedal
–UN–13JAN03
T163834B
HG31779,00001C4 –19–31OCT06–1/1
2-1-1 101008
PN=28
Standard Display Monitor (SDM)
2 3 4
1
7
17 16 15 5 6
8
–UN–30JAN06
TX1002567
14 13 12 11 10 9
TX1002567
1—STOP Indicator 5—Display Window 10—Hydraulic Oil Temperature 15—Engine Alternator Voltage
2—Engine Coolant 6—Park Brake Indicator Indicator Indicator
Temperature Gauge 7—Hydraulic Oil Filter 11—Not Used This Application 16—Engine Air Filter
3—Converter Oil Temperature Restriction Indicator 12—Fasten Seat Belt Indicator Restriction Indicator
Gauge 8—Diagnostic Code Indicator 13—Not Used This Application 17—Engine Oil Pressure
4—Fuel Level Gauge 9—Joystick Enable Indicator 14—MFWD Indicator Indicator
• MENU provides initial entry into machine settings, • SELECT toggles between displays during normal
diagnostics and monitor functions. Once a main operation. During menu modes, SELECT will
menu has been selected, pressing MENU again will activate the currently chosen menu, provide
return to the Normal Display Mode Menu. additional information on codes, make selection and
• BACK will back out of a menu, one item each time reset timers.
the key is pressed. The BACK key will eventually
return to the normal display.
• NEXT will move to the next selection within a menu
or mode. Press NEXT to cycle through all the
possible selections in a menu.
VD76477,00011A9 –19–07MAR07–1/1
2-1-2 101008
PN=29
Standard Display Functions
1—Stop Indicator: needle will enter red zone, STOP indicator will light,
and alarm will sound. Reduce load immediately, shift
IMPORTANT: If STOP indicator lights and alarm into NEUTRAL and run engine at slow idle. Inspect for
sounds for more than 10 seconds plugged oil cooler.
with engine oil pressure indicator lit,
stop machine immediately and 4—Fuel Level Gauge: Gauge shows fuel level in tank.
investigate cause of problem. Fuel level gauge needle will enter red zone when fuel
level is low.
If STOP indicator lights and alarm
sounds for more than 10 seconds 5—Display Window: Display window has six active
with engine coolant temperature displays; two constant and four selectable.
gauge needle in red zone, reduce
load and run engine for 1—2 minutes • FNR (Constant)
at slow idle to allow time to cool. If • Tachometer (Constant)
STOP indicator remains lit and • Hour Meter (Selectable)
engine coolant temperature gauge • Hydraulic Oil Temperature (Selectable)
needle does not fall to an acceptable • Battery Voltage (Selectable)
operating temperature, stop engine • Job Timer (Selectable)
and investigate problem. Do not
restart engine until problem has Press NEXT to scroll through listing, to view desired
been corrected. data.
The STOP indicator lights and alarm sounds when: 6—Park Brake Indicator: Indicator will light when park
brake is engaged.
• Engine oil pressure is low.
• Engine coolant temperature is excessively high. 7—Hydraulic Oil Filter Restriction Indicator:
• Transmission Control Lever (TCL) is shifted into
“Forward” F or “Reverse” R with park brake ON. IMPORTANT: If hydraulic oil filter restriction
• TCL is shifted into “Forward” F or “Reverse” R with indicator lights and hydraulic oil is
park brake OFF and seat rotated toward the warm, change filter as soon as
backhoe position. possible to prevent damage.
2—Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge: When NOTE: On the 310SJ model, the hydraulic oil filter
engine coolant temperature is too high the gauge restriction warning is disabled (will NOT
needle will enter red zone, STOP indicator will light, activate) for temperatures 38° C (100° F) and
and alarm will sound. Do not stop engine. Reduce load below.
and run engine at slow idle for 1—2 minutes. If gauge
needle does not fall to an acceptable operating level, Indicator will light when hydraulic oil filter element is
stop engine. See your authorized dealer. restricted.
3—Torque Converter Oil Temperature Gauge: When

torque converter oil temperature is too high, gauge
Continued on next page VD76477,00011AA –19–04JUN07–1/2
2-1-3 101008
PN=30
NOTE: Cold oil can cause indicator to light 13—Not used this application.
temporarily. Allow time for oil to warm up and
indicator to go out before servicing filter. 14—MFWD Indicator: Indicator will light when
mechanical front wheel drive (MFWD) is engaged.
8—Diagnostic Code Indicator: Indicator will light
when a Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) is activated; 15—Engine Alternator Voltage Indicator: Indicator
text message and code appears in display window. It will light when alternator output voltage drops below
may not be necessary to stop the engine immediately, 12V. Check electrical system or recharge battery, if
but the cause should be investigated as soon as necessary.
possible. Press MENU, BACK, NEXT or SELECT to
acknowledge message and turn indicator off. 16—Engine Air Filter Restriction Indicator: When air
filter elements are restricted, indicator will light. Clean
9—Joystick Enabled Indicator: Joystick Enable or change filter elements.
Indicator will light when joysticks are enabled. Light will
go OFF whenever joysticks become disabled. 17—Engine Oil Pressure Indicator:
10—Hydraulic Oil Temperature Indicator: Indicator IMPORTANT: Prevent possible engine damage. If
will light when hydraulic oil temperature is high. engine oil pressure indicator light
Reduce load immediately. Actuate backhoe bucket comes on while operating, stop
unload function. machine. STOP ENGINE
IMMEDIATELY.
11—Not used this application.
When engine oil pressure is low, indicator will light,
12—Fasten Seat Belt Indicator: Indicator will light for STOP indicator will flash and alarm will sound. Stop
the first 5 seconds after the engine is started to warn machine. STOP ENGINE IMMEDIATELY.
the operator to fasten seat belt.
VD76477,00011AA –19–04JUN07–2/2
2-1-4 101008
PN=31
Anti-Theft Security System Configuration
IMPORTANT: The default Owner security code for the

anti-theft security system is 111 for
3-digit security systems, and 00111 for
5-digit security systems. The default
Operator security codes are 000, 999,
and 998 for 3-digit security systems,
and 00000, 00999, and 00998 for 5-digit
security systems.
When providing Operator security

codes to machine users, owners should
not provide operators with the default
codes. Instead, owners should first
change the default Operator security
codes to other values before providing
codes to machine users. Refer to
Changing an Operator or Owner
Security Code in this section for more
information.
Once the anti-theft security system has been enabled,

either as a factory installed option or field installation, the
system needs to be configured. Select the locking method
and change the Owner and Operator security codes, as
necessary.
Selecting the Locking Method
Complete the following procedure to select the locking

method for the anti-theft security system. Only someone
with the Owner security code can configure the locking
method. There are four locking options available within the
anti-theft security system:
• Prompt for Lock

• Auto Lock—5 Minutes
• Anti-theft off (machine is not locked)
1. Press the MENU button on the standard display

monitor (SDM) to access the MAIN MENU.
2. Press the NEXT button until MAIN MENU ANTITHEFT

displays.
Continued on next page KK70125,00008C3 –19–01FEB08–1/6
2-1-5 101008
PN=32
3. Press the SELECT button to display ANTITHEFT SET

CODES.
4. Press the NEXT button to display ANTITHEFT

CONFIG.
5. Press the SELECT button to display OWNER CODE 0

0 0 (3-digit system) or OWNER CODE 0 0 0 0 0
(5-digit system).
6. Enter the current Owner security code. The current

locking method displays.
7. Press the NEXT button to display the appropriate

locking method.
• ANTITHEFT OFF
• PROMPT FOR LOCK
• AUTOLOCK 5 MINUTES
• AUTOLOCK 60 MINUTES
8. Press the SELECT button to select the displayed

locking method.
9. The selected locking method displays for 2 seconds

before the SDM returns to the normal display mode
menu.
Changing an Operator or Owner Security Code
IMPORTANT: If all three available Operator security

codes will not be used, make sure the
unused codes are changed to
something other then their default
values. Leaving access to the machine
by means of default codes is not
recommended.
The following rules apply when changing security codes:
• An Operator security code can only be changed if that

security code or the Owner security code is used during
the change procedure.
• The Owner security code can be used to reset all codes
back to their defaults by accessing the RESET ALL
menu option.
2-1-6 101008
PN=33
• The anti-theft security system resets all Operator

security codes and the Owner security code to the
default values when the Master security code is used to
enable the system.
• The Owner security code can only be changed by
someone using the Owner security code. The Owner
security code must be entered before changing that
code.


displays.

CODES.
4. Press the SELECT button. Display shows ANTITHEFT

OWNER.
5. If changing an Operator security code, press the NEXT

button to display the appropriate Operator security
code to change. If changing the Owner security code,
proceed to next step.
6. Press the SELECT button. Display shows CURRENT

CODE 0 0 0 (3-digit system) or CURRENT CODE 0 0
0 0 0 (5-digit system).
7. Enter the Owner security code or current Operator

security code for the code to be changed.
a. Press the NEXT button or the BACK button to

change the number displayed in the active (flashing)
field. The NEXT button increments the current digit;
the BACK button decrements the current digit.
b. Press the SELECT button to accept the number

displayed (flashing) in the active field and shift the
active field to the next digit to the right.
2-1-7 101008
PN=34
NOTE: Pressing the SELECT button to accept the last

digit (third digit or fifth digit depending on system
configuration) processes the entered security
code. If the code is incorrect, an error message
appears on the monitor display.
The anti-theft security system allows three

attempts to enter a valid security code before
requiring the key switch to be turned OFF and ON
to restart the process.
8. Enter the new security code.
9. The new security code displays for 3 seconds before

the SDM returns to the normal display mode menu.
Resetting Operator and Owner Security Codes


displays.

CODES.
4. Press the SELECT button. Display shows ANTITHEFT

OWNER.
5. Press the NEXT button until ANTITHEFT RESET ALL

displays.
6. Press the SELECT button. Display shows OWNER

CODE 0 0 0 (3-digit system) or OWNER CODE 0 0 0 0
0 (5-digit system).
7. Enter the current Owner security code.


2-1-8 101008
PN=35


8. The anti-theft security system resets the Owner and

three Operator security codes to their defaults of “111”,
“000”, “999”, and “998”, respectively, for 3-digit security
systems, and “00111”, “00000”, “00999”, and “00998”
for 5-digit security systems.
9. The default codes display before the SDM returns to

the normal display mode menu.
NOTE: If owner code is not available, security codes can

be reset using the Master security code. See your
authorized dealer.
Changing System Security Code Length
Use this procedure to select the length of security code to

use with the anti-theft security system, either 3-digit or
5-digit. The system default is 3-digit.


displays.

CODES.
4. Press the NEXT button until ANTITHEFT SYSTEM

displays.
5. Press the SELECT button. Display shows OWNER

CODE 0 0 0 (3-digit system) or OWNER CODE 0 0 0 0
0 (5-digit system).
6. Enter the current Owner security code.
2-1-9 101008
PN=36




7. The current Antitheft System will be displayed, either

ANTITHEFT 3-DIGIT or ANTITHEFT 5-DIGIT. To
change the selection, press the NEXT button to cycle
between the different systems and then press the
SELECT button to activate. At this point, all codes will
be set to anti-theft system defaults, but the system
locking method will remain unchanged.
KK70125,00008C3 –19–01FEB08–6/6
2-1-10 101008
PN=37
Anti-Theft Security System Operation
IMPORTANT: When providing Operator security

codes to machine users, owners should
not provide operators with the default
codes. Instead, owners should first
change the default Operator security
codes to other values before providing
codes to machine users. See Anti-Theft
Security System Configuration in this
section.
NOTE: On a locked machine, engine can be started but

will shut down after 3 seconds.
Locking the Machine (Operator and Owner)
There are three different locking methods available with

the anti-theft security system. See Anti-Theft Security
System Configuration for more information on selecting a
locking method.
• Prompt for Lock

NOTE: On a locked machine, engine can be started but

will shut down after 3 seconds.
Prompt for Lock
1. Turn key switch to OFF.
2. The monitor display shows HIT SELECT TO LOCK.
NOTE: If you do not press SELECT to lock the machine

within 20 seconds of turning key switch OFF, the
SDM will NOT lock the machine.
3. Press the SELECT button within 20 seconds to lock

the machine.
Auto Lock—5 Minutes
2-1-11 101008
PN=38
2. Machine remains unlocked for the next 5 minutes. After

5 minutes, a valid 3-digit or 5-digit security code,
depending on system configuration, is required for
machine operation.
Auto Lock—60 Minutes
2. Machine remains unlocked for the next 60 minutes.

After 60 minutes, a valid 3-digit or 5-digit security code,
depending on system configuration, is required for
machine operation.
Unlocking the Machine (Operator and Owner)
1. Sit in the operator’s seat to power up the engagement

and monitor unit.
2. Turn key switch to ON position.
3. The standard display monitor (SDM) displays ENTER

CODE 0 0 0 (3-digit system) or ENTER CODE 0 0 0 0
0 (5-digit system).
4. Enter the appropriate security code:



code.
5. Once a security code is entered, the monitor displays

UNLOCKING ANTITHEFT while the SDM attempts to
unlock the machine.
6. The SDM display shows ANTITHEFT UNLOCKED if

the security code was correct and the machine is
unlocked.
2-1-12 101008
PN=39
The display shows FAILED TO UNLOCK if the security

code was incorrect.
NOTE: The anti-theft security system allows three

KK70125,00008C4 –19–01FEB08–3/3
2-1-13 101008
PN=40
Standard Display Monitor (SDM)—Normal Display
–UN–02FEB06
–19–12FEB07
N 0
HYD 104F
TX1003146
TX1018541
Transmission Indicator, Tachometer and Hour Meter Hydraulic Oil Temperature
–19–02FEB06
–19–22JAN07
N 0
TX1003153 JOB 132.4
TX1003154
Battery Voltage Job Timer
When key switch is turned to the ON/RUN position: Press “NEXT” button repeatedly, to scroll through the
selectable displays.
• Indicator Lights: All indicator lights come on for 5
seconds. If the engine is cold, the oil pressure Hour meter, Battery Voltage, Hydraulic Oil
indicator and STOP indicator will remain lit, after the Temperature and Job Timer are operator selectable
others go out. Park brake indicator will also stay on. displays.
• Gauges: Backlights come on and gauge needles
cycle, before settling to actual readings. Hour Meter shows total machine hours, to the nearest
• Monitor Display Window: All LCD segments light, tenth of an hour, and accumulates time only when the
followed by the machine model number and then the engine is running.
last screen displayed at engine shut down.
Hydraulic Oil Temperature is displayed in either
Display window has six active displays, two constant degrees Fahrenheit or Celsius depending on the
and four selectable. “units” selected. For further information, see Standard
Display Monitor (SDM)—Main Menu—Monitor in this
Transmission indicator(s) and the tachometer are section.
constant displays.
Battery Voltage is displayed to the nearest tenth of a
NOTE: Transmission indicator shows the actual gear volt.
the transmission is in, not the position of the
Transmission Control Lever (TCL). Job Timer can be set to record time for a specific job
or operator. For further information, see Standard
Transmission indicator shows the travel position of the Display Monitor (SDM)—Main Menu—Job Timer in this
Transmission Control Lever (TCL), F—Forward, N— section.
Neutral, R—Reverse and the speed range (1, 2, 3, or
4) selected by the operator.
Tachometer shows engine speed in

revolutions-per-minute (rpm).
VD76477,00011EE –19–05FEB07–1/1
2-1-14 101008
PN=41
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Monitor

Messages
The standard display monitor (SDM) automatically

displays a message for certain diagnostic trouble codes
(DTCs). When the DTC is initially active, a message
displays on the SDM until the fault either is resolved or
the operator presses any button on the SDM.
The DTCs that automatically generate a SDM message

include:
Monitor Text Description

CONVERTER OIL TEMP Torque Converter Oil Temperature High
CONVERTER OIL TEMP Torque Converter Oil Temperature Sensor (B6) Input Voltage High
CONVERTER OIL TEMP Torque Converter Oil Temperature Sensor (B6) Input Voltage Low
DIFF LOCK SW FAULT Differential Lock Switch Stuck
ECU CONFIG MISMATCH Security Violation
ENG TEMP SENSOR FLT Engine Coolant Temperature Input Voltage High
ENG TEMP SENSOR FLT Engine Coolant Temperature Input Voltage Low
ENGINE AIR FILTER Engine Air Filter Restricted
ENGINE OVER TEMP Engine Coolant Temperature Extremely High
FUEL TEMP CONTROL Internal ECU Failure
HI SYSTEM VOLTAGE System Voltage High
HYD OIL FILTER Hydraulic Oil Filter Restricted
HYD OIL TEMP XXX (temperature value) Hydraulic Oil Temperature High
HYD OIL TEMP XXX (temperature value) Hydraulic Oil Temperature Moderately High
LOW ENGINE OIL PRES Engine Oil Pressure Extremely Low
LOW SYSTEM VOLTAGE System Voltage Low
NO CLUTCH DISCONNECT Clutch Disconnect Device Fault
NO CLUTCH DISCONNECT Clutch Disconnect Switch Stuck Closed
NO CLUTCH DISCONNECT Switch Short to Ground
TURN SEAT TO REAR Seat Position Front Switch (S17) Short Circuit to Power or Stuck Closed
VD76477,0001544 –19–01FEB08–1/1
2-1-15 101008
PN=42
Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Main Menu
The Main Menu provides the capability to select the next

submenus. The Main Menu is accessed by pressing the
MAIN MENU
MENU button. The submenus under Main Menu include:
CODES
–19–22JAN07
1. Codes: View active or stored Diagnostic Trouble
Codes (DTC).
2. Monitor: Change display units and language.
MONITOR
JOB TIMER
TX1015152
3. Job Timer: Set-up or reset job timer.
4. Settings: Operator selectable preferences
VD76477,00011EA –19–22JAN08–1/1
Standard Display Monitor (SDM) Main

Menu—Codes
Press the MENU button to display the Main Menu. CODES

Codes will be highlighted. Press the SELECT button to ACTIVE
–19–22JAN07
display the Codes submenu.
The submenus under Codes include: STORED
TX1015154
• Active
• Stored
Press NEXT to toggle between ACTIVE and STORED

Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTC).
Press SELECT to view details of either code type.
VD76477,00011EB –19–21DEC06–1/3
If no codes have been received (ACTIVE) or recorded

–UN–03FEB06
(STORED), NO ACTIVE or NO STORED CODES will

appear on display. If codes have been received or
recorded, the most recent code will appear first, numbered
1/X, along with the controller ID and the DTC.
TX1003365
In the example shown, 1 of 2 codes is displayed. The

code was reported by the Engine Control Unit (ECU) and DTC Example
it is number 105.15.
Continued on next page VD76477,00011EB –19–21DEC06–2/3
2-1-16 101008
PN=43
Press NEXT to scroll through codes or press SELECT to

view code details; a text message will give a brief
description of what occurred to trigger the code. Stored
codes also include hour meter readings of the first and
FUEL GAUGE
last occurrence of the DTC.
SENSOR
–19–22JAN07
NOTE: The DTC is stored every time the engine is
started with an active code. Total number of
occurrences may reflect the number of times the
OUT OF
engine was restarted, rather than the number of
RANGE HIGH
TX1003367
times the DTC actually occurred. Stored codes
should only be cleared by a trained service
technician. See your authorized dealer. Text Message
–UN–03FEB06
TX1003369
Hour Meter Readings
VD76477,00011EB –19–21DEC06–3/3
2-1-17 101008
PN=44

Menu—Monitor
Press the MENU button to display the Main Menu. MONITOR

Use the NEXT button to highlight the Monitor option and UNITS
–19–22JAN07
press SELECT to view the Monitor submenu.
The submenus under Monitor include: LANGUAGE
TX1015155
• Units
• Language
Press SELECT to view display options.
• UNITS: Press NEXT to toggle between ENGLISH and ENGLISH
–19–22JAN07
METRIC. Press SELECT to display readings in either
English or Metric units.
• LANGUAGE: Press NEXT to scroll through available
METRIC
languages (English, Spanish or French). Press SELECT
SELECTED
TX1003377
to change display text to desired language.
SELECTED will appear when settings are changed,
then display returns to MONITOR menu. Units
ENGLISH
S PA N I S H
–19–22JAN07
FRENCH
SELECTED
TX1003379
Languages
VD76477,00011EC –19–31OCT06–1/1
2-1-18 101008
PN=45

Menu—Job Timer
Job timer is a resettable hour meter that can be used to

time specific tasks to the nearest tenth of an hour. Job
JOB TIMER
timer accumulates hours whenever the engine is running, UNHIDE
–19–22JAN07
even if the display is hidden. Accumulated hours are
stored in memory when the key switch is turned off.
RESET TIME
TX1015156
Press the MENU button to display the Main Menu.
Use the NEXT button to highlight the Job Timer option

and press SELECT to view the Job Timer submenu.
The submenus under Job Timer include:
• Hide or Unhide
• Reset Timer
Press NEXT to toggle between HIDE or UNHIDE and

RESET TIME.
Press SELECT to hide or show job timer. HIDDEN or

UNHIDDEN will appear on display and then return to the
JOB TIMER menu.
Press SELECT to reset timer to zero hours. RESET will

appear when hours are cleared and then display returns
to the JOB TIMER menu.
VD76477,00011ED –19–14DEC06–1/1
2-1-19 101008
PN=46
Right-Side Console Functions
–UN–19FEB07
TX1019354A
1—Park Brake Switch 8—Auxiliary Hydraulic 13—Rear Work Lights Switch 17—Display Monitor
2—Key Switch Function Switch and 14—Mechanical Front Wheel 18—Blower Speed Knob—If
3—Horn Button Indicator—If Equipped Drive (MFWD) Switch—If Equipped
4—Ride Control Switch and 9—not used Equipped 19—Temperature Control
Indicator—If Equipped 10—Engine Speed Control 15—Air Suspension Seat Knob—If Equipped
5—Beacon Switch—If Knob Height Adjustment 20—Defroster, Heater, and Air
Equipped 11—Start Aid Switch—If Switch—If Equipped Conditioner Switch—If
6—Pattern Select Switch and Equipped 16—Rear Wiper Switch—If Equipped
Indicator—If Equipped 12—Side Docking Lights Equipped
7—not used Switch
1—Park Brake Switch: Push left half of switch to 5—Beacon Switch—If Equipped: Push the upper half
engage park brake. Push right half of switch to of switch to turn beacon light on. Push lower half of
disengage park brake. switch to turn beacon light off.
2—Key Switch 6—Pattern Select Switch and Indicator—If

Equipped: Push the upper half of switch to activate
3—Horn Button: Press button to sound the horn. the excavator control pattern. Push the lower half of
switch to activate the backhoe control pattern.
4—Ride Control Switch and Indicator—If Equipped:
Push upper half of switch to activate ride control. 7—Not Used
Switch will light when ride control is activated. Push
lower half of switch to deactivate ride control.
Continued on next page VD76477,0001123 –19–12MAR07–1/2
2-1-20 101008
PN=47
8—Auxiliary Hydraulic Function Switch and switch to decrease air suspension seat height and
Indicator—If Equipped: Push switch to activate and firmness of ride.
deactivate backhoe auxiliary hydraulic attachments.
The switch has three positions: 16—Rear Wiper Switch—If Equipped:
• Push upper half to activate auxiliary hydraulic IMPORTANT: To avoid damage to wiper blades,
function DO NOT operate wipers if blades are
• Push to middle position to transfer control to the frozen to windshield.
backhoe auxiliary function foot switch
• Push lower half to deactivate the auxiliary hydraulic Push upper half of switch to turn rear windshield wiper
function on. Push lower half of switch to turn rear windshield
wiper off.
9—Not Used
17—Blower Speed Knob—If Equipped: Turn knob
10—Engine Speed Control Knob: Rotate knob clockwise to increase blower speed or
clockwise to increase engine speed. Rotate counterclockwise to reduce blower speed. The blower
counterclockwise to decrease engine speed. knob has four speed settings plus an “Off” position.
11—Start Aid Button—If Equipped: Press and hold 18—Temperature Control Knob—If Equipped: Turn
button when engine is cold and cranking to inject knob to adjust air temperature. Turn clockwise towards
starting fluid into engine during cold weather start-up. HOT (red) for warmer air (best for heating and
defrosting). Turn counterclockwise towards COLD
12—Side Docking Lights Switch: Push the upper (blue) for cooler air (best for venting and air
half of switch to turn side docking lights on. Push lower conditioning).
half of switch to turn lights off.
19—Defroster, Heater, and Air Conditioner
13—Rear Working Lights Switch: Push switch to Controls—If Equipped:
middle position to turn first set of rear work lights on.
Push top half of switch to turn entire set of rear work NOTE: Blower knob; defroster, heater, and air
lights on. Push bottom half of switch to turn rear work conditioner switch; and temperature control
lights off. knob must be adjusted as a group to obtain
proper operation of the defroster, heater, or air
14—Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) conditioner.
Switch—If Equipped: Push switch up to engage the
MFWD axle. Push switch down to disengage the The defroster, heater, and air conditioner switch has
MFWD axle. three positions:
15—Air Suspension Seat Height Adjustment • Push upper half to activate the defroster.
Switch—If Equipped: • Push to middle position to activate the heater and
vent. Turn the temperature control knob clockwise
towards HOT for heated air, or counterclockwise to
CAUTION: Ensure seat is locked in position
COLD for unheated vent.
before operating machine. A seat that is
• Push lower half to activate the air conditioner.
loose or not properly locked can cause loss
of control of machine and injuries or death.
NOTE: Use the air conditioner with the temperature
control knob in a middle-to-cool position to
Push upper half of switch to increase air suspension
dehumidify air without overcooling.
seat height and firmness of ride. Push lower half of
VD76477,0001123 –19–12MAR07–2/2
2-1-21 101008
PN=48
Controls—Steering Console
–UN–13JAN06
TX1002633A
–UN–13JAN06
–UN–13JAN06
TX1002635A
TX1002634A
1—Work and Drive Lights 4—Loader Coupler Pin 6—Front Windshield Wiper 8—Transmission Control Lever
Switch Indicator—If Equipped Switch—If Equipped (TCL)
2—Warning Lights Switch 5—Front Windshield Washer 7—Turn Signal Switch
3—Loader Coupler Switch—If Switch—If Equipped
Equipped
1—Work and Drive Lights Switch: Push switch to If the warning light switch is on when the key switch is
operate work and drive lights, tail lights, and front work turned to the OFF position, the warning “HAZARD
lights, if equipped. The switch has three positions: LAMPS ON” will display on the Standard Display
Monitor (SDM). The audible alarm will sound two times
• Push upper half to first position to turn drive lights and the warning will remain displayed for 5 seconds,
and tail lights on. after which the SDM will power down.
• Push to second position to turn drive lights, tail
lights, and front work lights, if equipped, on. 3—Loader Coupler Switch—If Equipped: Push in
• Push lower half to turn work and drive lights, tail and lift switch to the “unlock” position to retract coupler
lights, and front work lights, if equipped, off. pins. Coupler pin indicator will illuminate and chime will
sound. Push switch down to return to the “lock”
2—Warning Lights Switch: Push upper half of position to engage coupler pins. Indicator will turn off
switch to turn amber warning lights at front and rear of and chimes will stop.
cab on. When warning lights switch is on, warning
lights indicator, left turn indicator, and right turn
indicator will flash. Push lower half of switch to turn
amber warning lights off.
Continued on next page VD76477,00011AB –19–13MAR07–1/2
2-1-22 101008
PN=49
4—Loader Coupler Pin Indicator—If Equipped: • Push lower half to turn front windshield wiper off
Indicator will light and chimes will sound when the
loader coupler switch is in “unlock” position and the 7—Turn Signal Switch: Push switch to signal turning
coupler pins are retracted. Indicator will turn off when direction. The switch has three positions:
quick coupler switch is in “lock” position.
• Push left half to signal left turn. Left turn indicator
5—Front Windshield Washer Switch—If Equipped: will flash.
Push upper half of switch to turn front windshield • Middle position is “Off”. Indicators will not flash
washer on. Push lower half of switch to turn front unless warning lights switch is “On”.
windshield washer off. • Push right half to signal right turn. Right turn
indicator will flash.
6—Front Windshield Wiper Switch—If Equipped:
Amber turn signal lights flash individually to signal
NOTE: To avoid damage to wiper blades, DO NOT direction of turn when left or right half of turn signal
operate wipers if blades are frozen to switch is pushed. Amber turn signal lights flash
windshield. together when warning light switch (2) is pushed.
Push switch to operate front windshield wiper. The 8—Transmission Control Lever (TCL): Place TCL in
switch has three positions: middle (detented) position for neutral. Move TCL to F
for forward travel or to R for reverse. Rotate TCL to
• Push upper half to first position to turn front select gear (travel speed) range.
windshield wiper on at “Slow” speed
• Push to middle position to turn front windshield wiper
on at “Fast” speed
VD76477,00011AB –19–13MAR07–2/2
Pilot Control Enable/Disable Switch—If

Equipped
CAUTION: Prevent injury from unexpected

–UN–01NOV06
machine movement. Always lock hydraulics

when not operating backhoe.
Push upper half of switch (1) to “Unlock” position to

TX1014469A
enable pilot controls. Push lower half of switch to “Lock”

position to disable pilot controls.
If the seat changes operating position or the engine is

shut off, the pilot controls are automatically disabled. To
enable pilot controls, cycle switch to “Lock” position and
back to “Unlocked” position.
VD76477,00011FB –19–01NOV06–1/1
2-1-23 101008
PN=50
Pattern Select Switch—If Equipped
CAUTION: Prevent possible injury from

unexpected machine movement. Always verify
control response before operating backhoe.
–UN–20OCT06
Push backhoe symbol on switch (1) to select backhoe
hydraulic pattern. Push excavator symbol on switch to
select excavator hydraulic pattern.
TX1013900A
1—Pattern Select Switch
VD76477,0001126 –19–19OCT06–1/1
Engine Speed Control Knob
Rotate knob clockwise to increase engine speed. Rotate

counterclockwise to decrease engine speed.
–UN–13MAR07
The engine speed control knob is operating normally
when:
• Engine speed changes when turning the dial while seat
TX1020480A
is in loader position*.
• Engine speed changes when turning the dial while seat
is in the backhoe position*.
• Engine speed does change when turning the dial while
seat is not in backhoe or loader position. 1—Engine Speed Control Knob
• Engine speed does not change when turning the dial
while service brake pedal is pressed in either backhoe
or loader position.
• Engine speed is dialed up to something other than idle
and seat position changes cause the engine speed
control knob to drop out.
*Engine speed control knob must be dialed to low speed

stop position before engine speed will respond to changes
in the dial position.
VD76477,00014B1 –19–12MAR07–1/1
2-1-24 101008
PN=51
Horn Button
Press the horn button (1) to sound the horn.
1—Horn Button
–UN–20OCT06
TX1013813A
VD76477,0001125 –19–19OCT06–1/1
Defroster, Heater, and Air Conditioner

Controls—If Equipped
NOTE: Blower knob; defroster, heater, and air conditioner

switch; and temperature control knob must be
adjusted as a group to obtain proper operation of
the defroster, heater, or air conditioner.
Push the defroster, heater, and air conditioner switch (1)

to the appropriate setting. The defroster, heater, and air
conditioner switch has two positions:
• Push front half to activate the air conditioner. Adjust the
–UN–20OCT06
blower knob and temperature control knob as
appropriate.
• Push rear half to activate the heater/defroster. Adjust
the blower knob and temperature control knob as
TX1013895A
appropriate.
Turn blower knob (2) clockwise to increase blower speed

or counterclockwise to reduce blower speed. The blower
knob has four speed settings plus an “Off” position. 1—Defroster, Heater, and Air Conditioner Switch
2—Blower Speed Knob
3—Temperature Control Knob
Turn temperature control knob (3) to adjust air
temperature. Turn clockwise towards HOT (red) for
warmer air (best for heating and defrosting). Turn
counterclockwise towards COLD (blue) for cooler air (best
for venting and air conditioning).
NOTE: Use the air conditioner with the temperature

control knob in a middle-to-cool position to
dehumidify air without overcooling.
VD76477,0001124 –19–19OCT06–1/1
2-1-25 101008
PN=52
Side Windows—Secondary Exits
The side windows and door windows can open 180°. The
door windows can be used as secondary exits.
To open, pull handle (A) in and away from cab post latch.
–UN–07NOV00
Retain in open position against fixed window on same
side by fastening knob (B) into socket (C). Turn knob until
tension is felt to prevent window from swinging during
T135173
operation.
Right Side Shown

A—Handle (8 used)
B—Fastening Knob (2 used)
C—Socket (2 used)
–UN–16AUG96
T102093
CED,OUO1079,381 –19–14JUN00–1/1
Rear Windows

when opening or closing window.
Squeeze upper rear window latches (A) and slide upper

rear window up or down.
Squeeze middle rear window latches (B) and slide middle

rear window up or down.
Ensure all rear window latches lock into detent positions

on window frame.
–UN–10JAN06
A—Upper Rear Window Latch (2 used)

B—Middle Rear Window Latch (2 used)
TX1002528A
VD76477,0001127 –19–19OCT06–1/1
2-1-26 101008
PN=53
Adjusting Seat

before operating machine. A seat that is loose
or not properly locked can cause loss of control
of machine and injuries or death.
NOTE: Grease seat base guide rails as needed.
Air Suspension Seat
Lift forward and aft lever (1) up and slide seat to desired
position. Release forward and aft lever to lock seat in
–UN–10NOV06
position.
Lift pivot lever (2) up and pivot seat. Release pivot lever
to lock seat in position.
TX1014891A
Lift back tilt lever (3) up and adjust backrest to desired tilt
angle. Release back tilt lever to lock backrest in position.
1—Forward and Aft Lever
Turn lumbar support adjustment lever (4) to position 2—Pivot Lever
lumbar support for operator’s preference. 3—Back Tilt Lever
4—Lumbar Support Adjustment Lever
Continued on next page VD76477,0001276 –19–20NOV06–1/2
2-1-27 101008
PN=54
Mechanical Suspension Seat

before operating machine. A seat that is loose
or not properly locked can cause loss of control
of machine and injuries or death.
NOTE: With weight adjustment knob turned

counterclockwise (—) as far as it can go and with
no weight on seat, the distance to the floor from
top of seat is 48 cm (19 in). With knob turned
clockwise (+) as far as it can go, the distance to
floor from top of seat is 53 cm (21 in). The
–UN–17NOV06
distances will decrease by 5 cm (2 in.) when an
86 kg (190 lb) person sits on seat.
Lift forward and aft lever (1) up and slide seat to desired
TX1015302A
position. Release forward and aft lever to lock seat in
position.
Lift pivot lever (2) up and pivot seat. Release pivot lever 1—Forward and Aft Lever
to lock seat in position. 2—Pivot Lever
3—Back Tilt Lever
Lift back tilt lever (3) up and adjust backrest to desired tilt 4—Lumbar Support Adjustment Lever
angle. Release back tilt lever to lock backrest in position. 5—Weight Adjustment Knob
Turn lumbar support adjustment lever (4) to position

lumbar support for operator’s preference.
While NOT sitting on seat, turn weight adjustment knob

(5) to change seat height and ride stiffness.
VD76477,0001276 –19–20NOV06–2/2
2-1-28 101008
PN=55
Steering Wheel Tilt Lever—If Equipped
Lift lever (A) and tilt steering wheel (B) to operator’s

preference. Release lever to lock steering wheel in
position.
For Joystick-to-wheel clearance, tilt steering wheel full-up

before unlocking and pivoting seat.
A—Steering Wheel Tilt Lever

B—Steering Wheel
–UN–10JAN06
TX1002483A
VD76477,00010F6 –19–23OCT06–1/1
2-1-29 101008
PN=56
12-Volt Accessory Outlets
Accessory outlets (A) are positioned for operator’s

convenience.
A—12-Volt Accessory Outlet
–UN–04NOV06
TX1014667A
Optional Cab Shown
–UN–25OCT00
T134837B
Optional Cab Shown
VD76477,00011B2 –19–03NOV06–1/1
2-1-30 101008
PN=57
Operation—Operating The Machine
Inspect Machine Daily Before Starting
Perform periodic service checks.
• Check and lubricate loader pivot pins (A).

• Check engine oil level and air cleaner (B).
• Check precleaner (C).
• Check hydraulic oil level (D).
• Clean operator’s station (E).
• Check and lubricate backhoe pivot pins (F).
• Check pedals and controls (G) for freedom of
movement.
• Check inflation pressure of tires (H) and torque of wheel
hardware.
• Clean radiator fins (I).
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM: Check for worn or frayed wires

and loose or corroded connections.
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM: Check for leaks, missing or loose

clamps, kinked hoses, and lines or hoses in areas that rub
against each other or other parts.
BACKHOE AND LOADER: Check for loose, bent, broken

or missing parts and hardware.
LUBRICATION: Check lubrication points.
PROTECTIVE DEVICES: Check ROPS, guards, shields,

covers, seat belt, and reverse warning alarm.
FIRE PREVENTION: Clean machine of debris.
PARK BRAKE: Check for correct operation.
–UN–18JUL00
SAFETY: Walk around machine to be sure all persons are
clear from machine area.
T132586
A—Loader Pivot Pins
B—Engine Dipstick and Air Cleaner
C—Precleaner (If Equipped)
D—Hydraulic Oil Level Sight Tube
E—Operator’s Station
F—Backhoe Pivot Pins
G—Pedals and Controls
H—Tires
I—Radiator Fins
CED,OUO1079,468 –19–17JUL00–1/1
2-2-1 101008
PN=58
Check Instruments Before Starting
2 3 4
1
7
17 16 15 5 6
8
–UN–30JAN06
TX1002567
14 13 12 11 10 9
TX1002567
Turn key switch clockwise to ON/RUN position. (Do not

start engine.) The following must occur:
• The audible alarm must sound.

• All LCD segments in the display window (5) must light,
followed by the machine model number and the last
–UN–18JAN06
screen displayed at shutdown.
• All gauges (2—4) must be backlit, and all gauge
needles must cycle from minimum (left) to maximum
TX1002776
(right) in approximately 1 second.
• All indicators must light for 5 seconds including those in
the Sealed Switch Module (SSM). With the engine cold,
the engine oil pressure indicator and STOP indicator will
remain lit, after other indicators go out. Park brake 1—STOP Indicator
2—Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge
indicator will also stay ON, as will switch indicators for 3—Converter Oil Temperature Gauge
previously activated functions. 4—Fuel Level Gauge
5—Display Window
See Operation—Operator’s Station for descriptions of 6—Park Brake Indicator
indicators. 7—Hydraulic Oil Filter Restriction Indicator
8—Diagnostic Code Indicator
9—Joysticks Enabled Indicator
If any indicator fails to light, see your authorized dealer. 10—Hydraulic Oil Temperature Indicator
11—Not Used This Application
12—Fasten Seat Belt Indicator
13—Not Used This Application
14—MFWD Indicator
15—Engine Alternator Voltage Indicator
16—Engine Air Filter Restriction Indicator
17—Engine Oil Pressure Indicator
18—Accessory Position—Key Switch
19—STOP Position—Key Switch
20—On/Run Position—Key Switch
21—Start Position—Key Switch
VD76477,00011AC –19–07MAR07–1/1
2-2-2 101008
PN=59
Engine Break-in Period
NOTE: To avoid engine damage it is critical to observe

the engine break-in period. Extra care during the
first 250 hours of operation will result in more
satisfactory long-term engine performance and
life. DO NOT exceed 250 hours of operation with
break-in oil.
1. Operate the machine at heavy or normal loads with

minimal idling during the break-in period. During the
first 20 hours, avoid prolonged periods of engine idling
or sustained maximum load operation. If engine will
idle longer than 5 minutes, stop engine.
2. Check engine oil level more frequently during the

engine break-in period.
IMPORTANT: DO NOT add makeup oil until the oil

level is BELOW the ADD mark on the
dipstick. John Deere ENGINE BREAK-IN
OIL should be used to make up any oil
consumed during the break-in period.
3. Change oil and oil filter after first 250 hours

(maximum). Fill crankcase with the normal seasonal
viscosity grade oil See Maintenance—Machine.
(Section 3-1).
4. Watch coolant temperature gauge closely. If coolant

temperature rises above specified limits on the gauge
reduce load on engine. Unless temperature drops
quickly, stop the engine and determine the cause
before resuming operation. See Troubleshooting.
(Section 4-3).
5. Watch oil pressure gauge for pressure within

specification
6. Check serpentine belt for proper alignment and seating

in pulley grooves.
VD76477,00016F2 –19–20MAR08–1/1
2-2-3 101008
PN=60
Starting the Engine
CAUTION: Avoid possible injury or death from a

runaway machine. DO NOT start engine by
shorting across starter terminals. Machine will
start in gear if normal circuitry is bypassed.
–UN–11JAN89
NEVER start engine while standing on ground.
Start engine only from operator’s seat, with
Transmission Control Lever (TCL) in N
“Neutral” and park brake engaged.
TS177
NOTE: The engine will start with the TCL in gear, but the
transmission will automatically be shifted to
neutral and the display will show “N” as the actual
gear. You will not be able to put the tractor into
gear without first cycling TCL through the neutral
range.
1. Sit in seat and fasten seat belt.
2. Sound horn.
NOTE: Controls and switches must be in the positions

described before starting engine.
3. Move TCL lever (A) to N.
VD76477,00010F7 –19–13MAR07–1/3
A—TCL
–UN–18JAN06
TX1002777A
Continued on next page VD76477,00010F7 –19–13MAR07–2/3
2-2-4 101008
PN=61
4. Push the left half of the park brake switch (B) to

engage the park brake.
5. Push the lower half of the ride control switch (C), if

equipped, to deactivate ride control.
–UN–20DEC06
IMPORTANT: To avoid damage to the turbocharger
and other engine components, let the
engine run at low idle for 30 seconds
TX1013913A
before operating machine.
6. Turn engine speed control knob (D) to 1/3 speed.
IMPORTANT: Do not operate starter motor for more B—Park Brake Switch
C—Ride Control Switch—If Equipped
than 30 seconds at a time, or it may be
D—Engine Speed Control Knob
damaged. If engine does not start, wait E—Key Switch
at least 2 minutes before trying again.
7. Turn key switch (E) clockwise to “Start” and hold in

position until engine starts. Release key switch when
engine starts. If engine does not start after 30 seconds,
turn key switch to “Off” and wait 2 minutes before
trying again.
VD76477,00010F7 –19–13MAR07–3/3
2-2-5 101008
PN=62
Starting Fluid—Cold Weather Start Aid—If

Equipped

exploding container. Starting fluid is highly
flammable. Keep container away from heat,
–UN–23AUG88
sparks, and open flame. Contents are
pressurized. Do not puncture or incinerate
container. Remove can from machine if engine
does not need starting fluid.
TS281
IMPORTANT: Remove container and install plug in
base to protect start aid components
from dust.
IMPORTANT: Prevent damage to engine. Use starting

aid when temperatures are below 0°C
(32°F) and only when engine is COLD.
–UN–20OCT06
USING START AID
TX1013917A
IMPORTANT: To avoid engine damage, push and hold
start aid button only when engine is
cold and cranking. Starting fluid is
being injected into engine as long as
the start aid button is held. 1—Start Aid Button
NOTE: Crank engine for 30 seconds maximum, allowing

2 minutes between cranking periods.
While cranking engine, push start aid button (1).
Replacing Starting Aid Container
Continued on next page VD76477,0001128 –19–04FEB08–1/2
2-2-6 101008
PN=63
1. Close engine hood. Raise front loader boom and install

loader boom service lock. See Loader Boom Service
Lock. (Section 3-2.)
2. Open engine hood. See Opening and Closing Engine
–UN–20MAR08
Hood. (Section 3-2.)
3. Loosen clamp (2).
TX1035810A
4. Turn start aid container (3) counterclockwise to
remove.
IMPORTANT: Remove can from machine if engine Tier 3 Engine

does not need starting fluid. Remove
can from container and install plug (4)
in base to protect start aid components
from dust.
5. Remove safety cap from new container.
–UN–01FEB08
6. Remove plug and turn container clockwise in starting
aid base to install.
TX1035809A
7. Tighten clamp.
8. Close engine hood. Tier 2 and Non-regulated Engines
2—Clamp
3—Start Aid Container
4—Plug
VD76477,0001128 –19–04FEB08–2/2
Using Coolant Heater—If Equipped
CAUTION: Prevent possible personal injury

from an electrical shock. Use a heavy-duty,
grounded cord to connect heater to electrical
power.
Plug coolant heater into a 115-volt outlet 10 hours before

starting the engine.
TX,25,BD2080 –19–07MAR07–1/1
2-2-7 101008
PN=64
Warm-Up
IMPORTANT: To ensure proper lubrication, idle

engine at 1/3 speed for 5 minutes.
Extend period as necessary when
operating at temperatures below
freezing.
• Before moving machine, run at 1/3 speed for at least 5

minutes.
IMPORTANT: To avoid carbon build-up in engine and

to use fuel in most efficient manner, do
not allow machine to idle at low rpm.
• Do not run engine at fast or slow idle.

• Operate machine under light loads for first 5 minutes
once engine is warm.
• Check instruments regularly.
TX,25,BD2082 –19–29JAN03–1/1
Cold Weather Warm-Up
1. Run engine at 1/2 speed for 15 minutes.

CAUTION: Prevent injury from moving
backhoe. Backhoe may overshoot in extreme
IMPORTANT: To prevent damage to bucket
cold conditions. Allow backhoe to warm up.
leveling tube due to cold oil, cycle
bucket three times at hood height
IMPORTANT: If hydraulic oil is cold, hydraulic
before using under normal
functions move slowly. Do not
operation.
attempt machine operations until
hydraulic functions move at
2. Raise loader lift arms to hood height. Cycle bucket
close-to-normal cycle times.
from stop to stop three times.
In extremely cold conditions, an extended warming up
3. Cycle all remaining hydraulic functions to distribute
period will be necessary.
warmed oil until all functions operate freely.
Avoid sudden operation of hydraulic functions until
engine is thoroughly warmed up. Remove ice, snow,
and mud from machine before operation.
VD76477,0001386 –19–08JAN07–1/1
2-2-8 101008
PN=65
Ride Control Operation—If Equipped

unexpected boom or bucket movement when
equipped with ride control. Ride control
–UN–20DEC06
accumulator energy must be discharged when
working on hydraulic components. Turn ignition
switch “On”. Push ride control switch “On” and
move loader control lever to “Float” position.
TX1013918A
Do not have the ride control switch “On” when
starting the machine; the machine may move if
the ride control switch is “On” and the machine
is started.
Do not have ride control engaged when

operating the loader; the ride control system
may cause unexpected movement.
–UN–26OCT06
The ride control system has an accumulator and valve in
the loader circuit.
TX1013990A
Operating Ride Control
Push upper half of ride control switch (1) to improve

machine ride and reduce tire flexing when traveling over
1—Ride Control Switch
rough terrain at a high speed with loaded bucket, or when 2—Ride Control Indicator
transporting with an empty bucket. The ride control
indicator (2) will remain lit while ride control is engaged.
If engine is stopped with ride control engaged, ride control

switch will remain in the “On” position and ride control will
be engaged when the machine is restarted. Always push
lower half of ride control switch to disengage ride control
before starting the machine.
NOTE: With ride control engaged, the front end of the

machine will not remain raised if lifted off the
ground with the front loader. The front end of the
machine will drift back to the ground. To hold front
end up while using the backhoe, disengage ride
control.
Discharging the Ride Control Circuit for Service
Continued on next page VD76477,0001129 –19–18DEC07–1/2
2-2-9 101008
PN=66
Discharge hydraulic pressure from the ride control system

before performing maintenance. See Discharge Ride
Control System Hydraulic Pressure—If Equipped. (Section
4-1.)
VD76477,0001129 –19–18DEC07–2/2
Pilot Control Operation—If Equipped
1. Rotate seat to backhoe operation position.
2. Use pilot control wrist rests (1) to pull right and left pilot
control towers towards operator.
–UN–02JAN03
3. Push pilot control enable/disable switch (2) to “Unlock”
position to enable pilot controls.
T162834B
unexpected machine movement. Always lock
hydraulics when not operating backhoe. 1—Pilot Control Wrist Rests
2—Pilot Control Enable/Disable Switch
4. Push pilot control enable/disable switch to “Lock”
position to disable pilot controls.
NOTE: Alarm will sound and monitor will display “Hoe”

and “On” when pilot controls are enabled and seat
is not in backhoe position.
If pilot controls are automatically disabled, cycle

switch to “Lock” position and back to “Unlock”
Discharge hydraulic pressure from the pilot control system

before performing maintenance. See Discharge Pilot
Control System Hydraulic Pressure—If Equipped. (Section
4-1.)
HG31779,00001BB –19–02JAN03–1/1
2-2-10 101008
PN=67
Driving the Machine

unexpected machine movement. Machine will
turn in direction of brake pedal if only one
–UN–05JUL00
brake pedal is applied. Connect brake pedals
together before traveling at high speed.
1. Engage brake pedal locking bar (A) to lock left and
T132020B
right brake pedals (B and C) together. Keep brake
pedal locking bar engaged unless brakes are to be
used to aid in turning.
A—Brake Pedal Locking Bar
B—Left Brake Pedal
CAUTION: Use a seat belt to minimize chance C—Right Brake Pedal
of injury from an accident such as an overturn.
2. Fasten seat belt.
Continued on next page VD76477,000112A –19–12MAR07–1/3
2-2-11 101008
PN=68
3. Move engine speed control knob (H) to 1/3 speed and

start engine.
NOTE: Park brake indicator will light, alarm will sound,

and STOP indicator will light if Transmission
–UN–23OCT06
Control Lever (TCL) is moved out of NEUTRAL
while park brake is engaged. Disengage the park
brake before moving the TCL out of neutral.
TX1013925A
If park brake is disengaged when engine is
stopped, it automatically engages. If engine is
then started with right half of the park brake
switch pushed, operator must push left half of
park brake switch, then push right half of park
brake switch to disengage park brake before
driving machine.
4. Push right half of park brake switch (F) to disengage
–UN–20DEC06
the park brake.
TX1013923A
unexpected machine movement. Never rely on
TCL and gearshift lever to keep machine from
moving. Always engage park brake to hold
machine.
D—Transmission Control Lever (TCL)
5. Use TCL (D) to change direction of travel. E—Gear Range Pointer
F—Park Brake Switch
G—Ride Control Switch—If Equipped
• Reduce speed when changing direction of travel. H—Engine Speed Control Knob
• Move TCL to F to travel forward and to R to travel in J—Key Switch
reverse.
• Move TCL to N when machine is not moving. TCL
will drop to a detented position when in neutral.
6. TCL/range lever also selects forward gear ranges 1, 2,

3, and 4 and reverse ranges 1, 2, and 3. The fourth
position in reverse provides the same speed range as
the third position.
• Rotate handle on TCL (D) to select gear position.

• Gear position is indicated by the gear range pointer
(E).
Continued on next page VD76477,000112A –19–12MAR07–2/3
2-2-12 101008
PN=69
7. Vary travel speed when driving using engine speed

control pedal (K).
K—Engine Speed Control Pedal
–UN–23OCT06
TX1013924A
VD76477,000112A –19–12MAR07–3/3
Cruise Control
When operating the machine with the seat facing the

steering wheel, cruise control can be activated by the
operator. This feature is useful for road travel, or when
–UN–13MAR07
traversing rough ground on a job site, where it is difficult
to maintain a steady speed with the accelerator pedal.
To set cruise control, use the engine speed control knob
TX1020480A
(1) to set engine speed to desired level. Engine speed will
remain at that setting until brake pedals are depressed, at
which time engine speed will automatically return to idle.
In order to reengage cruise control, the engine speed
control knob must be returned to idle position and then 1—Engine Speed Control Knob
reset to desired speed.
If the cruise control is set to a speed lower than high idle,

the accelerator pedal can be used to accelerate from the
selected speed setting up to high idle. If operator then
removes foot from accelerator pedal, speed will return to
the prior selected setting.
VD76477,00014B8 –19–16MAR07–1/1
2-2-13 101008
PN=70
Operating Stabilizers

unexpected machine movement. Stabilizers
must be set on a firm surface. Do not dig under
–UN–25OCT06
stabilizers. Be alert to possible machine
movement when raising stabilizers and loader
bucket.
TX1014050A
Before operating the backhoe, use stabilizers to lift and
level the machine. Use the levers to move stabilizers from
raised position (A and C) to lowered position (B and D).
Stabilizer feet on 310J, 310SJ are reversible for use on

paved and unpaved surfaces. See Reversing Stabilizer
Feet—310J, 310SJ. (Section 4-1.)
A—Left Stabilizer Up
–UN–24AUG96
B—Left Stabilizer Down
C—Right Stabilizer Up
D—Right Stabilizer Down
T102200
VD76477,000113B –19–24OCT06–1/1
2-2-14 101008
PN=71
Operating Boom Lock
IMPORTANT: To prevent possible machine damage,

unlock boom before operating backhoe.
Disengaging the Boom Lock
1. Raise boom against stops to release tension on boom

lock (A).
2. Pull boom lock control lever (B) toward operator to

disengage boom lock from boom hooks (unlocked
position).
–UN–19JUN00
3. Lower boom so boom hooks are clear of boom lock.
Release boom lock control lever.
Engaging the Boom Lock
T131772B
1. Pull boom lock control lever toward operator to raise
boom lock.
2. Raise boom against stops.
3. Release boom lock control lever to engage boom lock

with boom hooks (locked position).
–UN–15JUN00
4. After machine shutdown, move boom control lever to
release hydraulic pressure and put tension on boom
lock.
T131758C
A—Boom Lock
B—Boom Lock Control Lever
Optional Two-Lever, Six-Function Configuration Shown
–UN–12DEC02
T162770B
Optional Pilot Controls Shown
VD76477,00010CE –19–16OCT06–1/1
2-2-15 101008
PN=72
Operating Swing Lock

remove swing lock pin before operating
backhoe.
–UN–11JUL00
Disengaging the Swing Lock
Remove swing lock pin (A) from swing lock mounting hole
(B) and install pin in storage position in operator’s station.
T132293B
Engaging the Swing Lock
Remove swing lock pin from storage position in operator’s

station and install pin in swing lock mounting hole.
A—Swing Lock Pin

B—Swing Lock Mounting Hole
–UN–19JUN00
T131772C
VD76477,00011F0 –19–31OCT06–1/1
Operating Swing Lock Pin

remove swing lock pin before operating
backhoe.
CED,OUO1079,418 –19–07JUL00–1/1
2-2-16 101008
PN=73
Operating Backhoe—John Deere Two-Lever

Controls
CAUTION: Several control patterns are available

for this backhoe. Always verify control
–UN–11JUL00
response before operating.
Prevent possible personal injury from

unexpected machine movement. DO NOT
T132032B
operate backhoe from outside the operator
station. Only operate when in the operator’s
seat in backhoe operation position with
stabilizers down.
IMPORTANT: To avoid machine damage, do not

swing boom into stabilizers.
NOTE: When seat is turned to backhoe operation

position, seat position sensor will sound an
audible alarm and light the STOP indicator if
Transmission Control Lever (TCL) is moved to F
or R.
A conversion kit for changing controls is available from

your authorized dealer. Labels corresponding to other
controls MUST be installed.
–UN–11JUL00
Operate backhoe with control levers. Move levers as
shown to maneuver backhoe components in desired
directions.
T132029C
For faster cycle times, fully extend levers when moving
and operate more than one component at a time.
A—Boom Lower
B—Boom Raise
C—Boom Swing Left
D—Boom Swing Right
E—Dipperstick Raise
F—Dipperstick Lower
G—Bucket Load
H—Bucket Dump
VD76477,00011A0 –19–08JAN07–1/1
2-2-17 101008
PN=74
Operating Backhoe—Excavator Two-Lever

Controls
CAUTION: Several control patterns are available

for this backhoe. Always verify control
–UN–11JUL00
response before operating.
Prevent possible personal injury from

unexpected machine movement. DO NOT
T132033B
operate backhoe from outside the operator
station. Only operate when in the operator’s
seat in backhoe operation position with
stabilizers down.
IMPORTANT: To avoid machine damage, do not

swing boom into stabilizers.
NOTE: When seat is turned to backhoe operation

position, seat position sensor will sound an
audible alarm and light the STOP indicator if
Transmission Control Lever is moved to F or R.
A conversion kit for changing John Deere two-lever

controls to excavator two-lever controls is available from
your authorized dealer. Labels corresponding to the
controls MUST be installed.
–UN–11JUL00
Operate backhoe with control levers. Move levers as
shown to maneuver backhoe components in desired
directions.
T132029C
For faster cycle times, fully extend levers when moving
and operate more than one component at a time.
A—Boom Lower
B—Boom Raise
C—Boom Swing Left
G—Bucket Load
H—Bucket Dump
VD76477,00011A1 –19–08JAN07–1/1
2-2-18 101008
PN=75
Operating Backhoe—John Deere Pilot

Controls

unexpected machine movement. Always lock
–UN–12DEC02
hydraulics when not operating backhoe. Never
place any part of body beyond window frame. It
could be crushed by the boom if boom control
lever is accidently bumped or otherwise
T162842B
engaged. Make sure you know the location and
function of each control before operating.
Never place any part of the body beyond the window

frame. Replace missing or broken windows immediately.
The machine is factory equipped with the control pattern

shown.
NOTE: With this control pattern, functions must

correspond to the black-on-yellow labels located
on the cab post.
When a lever is released, it will return to neutral. The

machine will remain positioned.
A—Boom Lower
–UN–11JUL00
B—Boom Raise
C—Boom Swing Left
T132029C
G—Bucket Load
H—Bucket Dump
VD76477,000134A –19–20DEC06–1/1
2-2-19 101008
PN=76
Operating Backhoe—Excavator Pilot

Controls

–UN–13JAN03
when not operating backhoe. Never place any
part of body beyond window frame. It could be
crushed by the boom if boom control lever is
accidentally bumped or otherwise engaged.
T163835B
Make sure you know the location and function
of each control before operating.
Never place any part of the body beyond the window

frame. Replace missing or broken windows immediately.
NOTE: With this control pattern, functions must

correspond to the black-on-white labels located on
the cab post.
When a lever is released, it will return to neutral. The

machine will remain positioned.
A—Boom Lower
B—Boom Raise
C—Boom Swing Left
–UN–11JUL00
G—Bucket Load
H—Bucket Dump
T132029C
VD76477,000134B –19–20DEC06–1/1
2-2-20 101008
PN=77
Operating Extendible Dipperstick—If

Equipped
Push extendible dipperstick control pedal with toe or heel

to extend (I) or retract (J) the extendible dipperstick.
–UN–11JUL00
I—Extendible Dipperstick Extend
J—Extendible Dipperstick Retract
T132032C
–UN–12DEC02
T162845B
–UN–11JUL00
T132029D
CED,OUO1079,419 –19–23JAN03–1/1
2-2-21 101008
PN=78
Operating Extendible Dipperstick With

Attachments
When using attachments, it is recommended to retract

extendible dipperstick and lock in place. Operating
hydraulic hammers, compactors, etc., with dipperstick
–UN–11OCT96
extended may cause abnormal wear and stress on
dipperstick components and ultimately shorten their life.
T103835
AM40430,0000072 –19–18FEB05–1/1
Operating Extendible Dipperstick Lock—If

Equipped
CAUTION: To prevent serious injury, always

install locking pin from ground.
Always lower backhoe to ground and stop engine before

removing or installing extendible dipperstick locking pin.
Disengaging Extendible Dipperstick Lock
1. Remove quick-lock pin from extendible dipperstick

locking pin (A).
–UN–19JUN00
2. Remove extendible dipperstick locking pin from locking
position (C) and install extendible dipperstick locking
pin in storage position (B).
T131775B
3. Install quick-lock pin on extendible dipperstick locking
pin.
A—Extendible Dipperstick Locking Pin
Engaging Extendible Dipperstick Lock B—Storage Position
C—Locking Position
1. Remove quick-lock pin from extendible dipperstick
locking pin.
2. Remove extendible dipperstick locking pin from storage

position and install extendible dipperstick locking pin in
locking position.
3. Install quick-lock pin on extendible dipperstick locking

pin.
CED,OUO1079,412 –19–07JUL00–1/1
2-2-22 101008
PN=79
Operating Backhoe Auxiliary Hydraulic Selective Flow Functions—If Equipped
–UN–26AUG08
–UN–29AUG08
TX1047838A
TX1047839A
–UN–28AUG08
–UN–29AUG08
TX1047844A
TX1048098A
A—Backhoe Auxiliary B—Backhoe Auxiliary C—Flow Selector Knob

Hydraulic Selective Flow Hydraulic Selective Flow
Switch Foot Switch
Backhoe Auxiliary Hydraulic Selective Flow auxiliary hydraulic selective flow foot switch (B) to
Switches activate and deactivate backhoe auxiliary hydraulic
attachments.
The backhoe auxiliary hydraulic selective flow switch
(A) has three positions: Deactivate backhoe auxiliary hydraulic selective flow
when no attachment is installed, when changing
• Push upper half to activate the backhoe auxiliary attachments, or when installed attachments are not in
hydraulic selective flow. use.
• Toggle to middle position to transfer control to the
backhoe auxiliary hydraulic selective flow foot Selective Flow Valve Adjustment
switch.
• Push lower half to deactivate the backhoe auxiliary 1. Deactivate backhoe auxiliary hydraulic selective
hydraulic selective flow. flow by pressing lower half of backhoe auxiliary
hydraulic selective flow switch (A).
When the backhoe auxiliary hydraulic selective flow
switch is in the middle position, push the backhoe
Continued on next page ER93822,0000262 –19–02SEP08–1/2
2-2-23 101008
PN=80
IMPORTANT: To avoid potential machine damage, • 34 L/min (9 gpm)

machine must be “OFF” when • 49 L/min (13 gpm)
adjusting selective flow solenoid • 60 L/min (16 gpm)
control valve. • 68 L/min (18 gpm)
• 83 L/min (22 gpm)
2. To adjust flow, rotate flow selector knob (C) until • 94 L/min (25 gpm)
the desired flow setting is observed. The six flow
settings are:
ER93822,0000262 –19–02SEP08–2/2
Operating Backhoe Auxiliary Hydraulic Functions—If Equipped
–UN–10SEP08
–UN–10SEP08
TX1048366A
TX1048365A
Manual Controls Shown Optional Pilot Controls Shown
1—Fifth-Function Pedal 2—Sixth-Function Pedal
Fifth-Function Pedal Sixth-Function Pedal
Operate fifth-function pedal (1) to control the Operate sixth-function pedal (2) to control the
attachment. See your backhoe auxiliary hydraulic attachment. See your backhoe auxiliary hydraulic
attachment operator’s manual for more information. attachment operator’s manual for more information.
NOTE: Fifth-function pedal will operate extendible

dipperstick if equipped.
ER93822,0000263 –19–05SEP08–1/1
2-2-24 101008
PN=81
Operating Hydraulic Thumb—If Equipped
Push appropriate auxiliary hydraulic function control

pedal (1 or 2) with heal or toe to open (4) or close (3)
hydraulic thumb.
JH91824,000029C –19–05SEP08–1/3
NOTE: Hydraulic thumb control pedal may change

location based on if machine is equipped with
extendible dipperstick. If equipped with extendible
dipperstick the left auxiliary hydraulic function
control pedal will operate thumb. If equipped with
standard dipperstick the right auxiliary hydraulic
control pedal will operate thumb.
3—Close Thumb
4—Open Thumb
–UN–04SEP08
TX1047774A
Hydraulic Thumb Movement
Continued on next page JH91824,000029C –19–05SEP08–2/3
2-2-25 101008
PN=82
–UN–04SEP08
–UN–04SEP08
TX1048226A
TX1048220A
Manual Controls Shown Optional Pilot Controls Shown
1—Left Auxiliary Hydraulic 2—Right Auxiliary Hydraulic 3—Close Thumb 4—Open Thumb
Function Control Pedal Function Control Pedal (or
Extendible Dipperstick—If
Equipped)
JH91824,000029C –19–05SEP08–3/3
Operating Backhoe Coupler—If Equipped
CAUTION: Prevent serious injury or death from

unexpected machine movement. Ensure coupler
is attached properly to attachment.
Locking Coupler:
Continued on next page VD76477,00014EB –19–26JUN07–1/3
2-2-26 101008
PN=83
1. Position machine and coupler to pick up desired

attachment.
2. Move the adjustable coupler hook (3) by turning the

hex head (5) clockwise into the fully retracted position.
–UN–09APR07
3. Lower front coupler hook (4) to pin (2).
4. Rotate, curl, and lift the attachment slightly off the
TX1021632A
ground.
5. Lower adjustable coupler hook to pin (1).
IMPORTANT: Do not torque hex head to greater than

270 N•m (200 lb-ft).
6. Rotate the hex head of the screw mechanism

counterclockwise until the adjustable coupler hook
–UN–09APR07
contacts the back pin.
CAUTION: Ensure the supplement hex lock is

engaged. If this is not locked over the hex head,
TX1021636A
the screw can turn and the attachment can fall
off.
7. Visually check the coupler to verify that both hooks are 1—Pin
firmly in contact with the attachment pins. Ensure the 2—Pin
supplemental lock (6) is engaged. 3—Adjustable Coupler Hook
4—Front Coupler Hook
5—Hex Head
8. Verify the attachment is properly locked by performing
6—Supplemental Lock
a ground test before using.
9. Place the bucket on the ground and uncurl to ensure

the attachment is secured to the coupler.
Unlocking Coupler:
1. Position machine and coupler to disconnect from the

attachment.
2. Rotate the coupler so that the center of the attachment

pin (2) and center of the adjustable coupler hook are in
line.
3. Rotate, curl, and lift the attachment slightly off the

ground.
Continued on next page VD76477,00014EB –19–26JUN07–2/3
2-2-27 101008
PN=84
4. Rotate the hex head of the screw mechanism

clockwise until the adjustable coupler hook is clear
from the back pin. Loosen the screw mechanism with
the hand rachet to fully release the attachment pin
from the coupler.
5. Keeping the attachment close to the ground, slowly

retract the bucket cylinder.
6. With the attachment flat on the ground, uncurl the

coupler from the attachment. Assure the attachment is
on a flat, stable surface and will not move when
released from the coupler.
VD76477,00014EB –19–26JUN07–3/3
2-2-28 101008
PN=85
Operating Loader Coupler—If Equipped

unexpected machine motion. The attachment
could fall if not properly installed to loader
–UN–18JAN06
coupler. Operator must be aware of all
bystanders at the worksite.
1. Position machine on firm, level ground.
TX1002790A
2. Lower boom. Stop machine.
3. Push in and lift loader coupler switch (1) to the “unlock”

position to retract coupler pins. Loader coupler pin
indicator (2) will illuminate and chime will sound.
4. Operate bucket control to move coupler frame forward.
–UN–26OCT06
5. Drive forward. Guide top of coupler frame into
attachment mounting hooks.
TX1014133A
6. Raise boom. Tilt mounting frame rearward until
attachment is against coupler.
7. Push coupler switch down to the “lock” position to Left Side Shown
engage coupler pins. Indicator light will turn off and
chime will stop sounding. 1—Loader Coupler Switch—If Equipped
2—Loader Coupler Pin Indicator—If Equipped
3—Loader Coupler Pin Plate (1 on each side)
8. Raise boom. Visually inspect attachment to verify that 4—Loader Coupler Structure (1 on each side)
loader coupler pin plate (3) is pressed against the
loader coupler structure (4) and that the pins are
engaged in attachment mounting holes.
NOTE: If attachment is not properly latched, disconnect

and attach again.
VD76477,0001142 –19–20DEC06–1/1
2-2-29 101008
PN=86
Operating Loader
IMPORTANT: Operate loader facing forward in the

operator’s seat only.
IMPORTANT: Do not raise or lower the front loader
–UN–21JUL00
boom while the engine hood is open.
Always close the engine hood fully
before moving the front loader boom, or
severe damage to the engine hood will
T131727D
occur. See Opening and Closing Engine
Hood. (Section 3-2.)
Optional Three-Function Controls Shown
NOTE: Loader control lever will return to neutral if

released during normal loader operation.
Push lever in following directions for corresponding loader

movements:
NOTE: Loader control lever will detent in “Float” when

moved fully forward (A). Loader control lever will
stay in “Float” until it is manually moved.
NOTE: Loader control lever will detent in “Return-to-Dig”

when bucket is dumped and lever is moved fully
left (C). Lever will return to neutral when bucket is
in dig position.
–UN–11JUL00
Loader control lever will give resistance when
boom is raised and lever is held in “Bucket
Roll-Back” (C). Lever will return to neutral when
T132341B
bucket is self-leveled.
Use the “Float” and “Return-to-Dig” detents at the same

time to quickly position the front loader bucket for loading, A—Boom Lower and Float
as when driving into a pile of material. When front loader B—Boom Raise
boom and bucket are in correct position, the loader control C—Bucket Roll-Back and Return-to-Dig
lever will automatically release from “Return-to-Dig” D—Bucket Dump
detent, but will remain in “Float” detent.
For faster cycle times, fully extend lever in desired

direction, run engine at fast idle, and move boom and
bucket at same time.
VD76477,000138B –19–08JAN07–1/1
2-2-30 101008
PN=87
Operating Differential Lock
CAUTION: Prevent injury from loss of machine

control. DO NOT engage differential lock when
driving at high speed, or steering will be
–UN–18OCT06
limited.
Prevent injury from unexpected machine

movement. When poor traction results in one
TX1013734A
rear tire spinning, slow the tire’s rotation before
engaging differential lock. Internal axle damage
can occur if lock is applied with one rear wheel
spinning at high speed. 1—Differential Lock Switch
Press down and hold differential lock switch (1) to lock the
rear differential. When rear differential is locked, both rear
wheels turn at the same speed.
Unequal traction will keep the rear differential locked. If

the differential lock foot switch is released, the differential
lock disengages automatically when traction evens out.
Hold differential lock switch continuously to keep rear
differential locked when traction is even.
ER93822,0000076 –19–18DEC07–1/1
2-2-31 101008
PN=88
Operating Mechanical Front Wheel Drive

(MFWD)—If Equipped
IMPORTANT: Prevent possible gear damage.

Mechanical front wheel drive (MFWD)
–UN–23OCT06
can be engaged and disengaged while
driving, except in cases of unequal
traction. Machine must be stopped
before engaging MFWD during unequal
TX1013937A
traction.
NOTE: For best performance, fuel economy, and tire

wear, operate MFWD only when needed.
To achieve best MFWD performance, be sure

front tires are inflated to proper air pressure. See
Tire Inflation Pressures. (Section 3-3.)
–UN–26OCT06
NOTE: Whenever the TCL is in the 4F position, MFWD
will be automatically disengaged. However, in
effort to increase braking performance, MFWD will
automatically engage in 4F whenever the service
TX1013996A
brakes are applied.
Push MFWD switch (1) up to engage MFWD drive shaft.

MFWD indicator (2) will remain lit while MFWD is
1—MFWD Switch
engaged. 2—MFWD Indicator
Push MFWD switch down to disengage MFWD.
ER93822,0000077 –19–18DEC07–1/1
2-2-32 101008
PN=89
Lifting
CAUTION: Never move the load suddenly. Never

move load over person’s head. DO NOT allow
any persons near the load. Keep all persons
–UN–03NOV06
away from raised load until blocks are
supporting it or load is sitting on the ground.
Ensure chain/sling is in good condition and is
TX1014618A
rated for load being lifted.
1. For maximum lifting capability, attach chain/sling to Lifting With Front Loader
buckets at positions shown. For capacities of backhoe
see Miscellaneous—Specifications. (Section 4-6.)
2. Attach a hand line to load for stability. Use long

enough line to ensure that person holding it is a safe
distance from load.
–UN–03NOV06
3. Before lifting, perform following test of load stability:
NOTE: If using backhoe to lift, raise rear tires off ground
TX1014625A
50 mm (2 in.) and ensure machine is level. If
ground is soft, place boards or other wide support
under stabilizer feet to increase stability.
Lifting With Backhoe
a. Park machine close to load.
b. Attach load to chain/sling.
c. Raise load 50 mm (2 in.) above ground.
d. If using backhoe, swing load all the way to one

side.
e. While keeping load close to the ground, extend it

away from machine.
If there is any indication of reduced stability of the

machine, lower load to the ground and make necessary
adjustments so machine can successfully perform test. Do
not lift load until machine can perform test at acceptable
level.
VD76477,0001207 –19–07MAR07–1/1
2-2-33 101008
PN=90
Parking the Machine
IMPORTANT: Before stopping engine that has been

operating at working load, idle at 1/3
speed for 1—2 minutes to cool hot
–UN–18JAN06
parts. If engine stalls while operating
under load, restart immediately and idle
at 1/3 speed for 1—2 minutes before
stopping to allow coolant to continue
TX1002777A
circulating through engine.
IMPORTANT: Turbocharger, if equipped, may be

damaged if engine is not properly shut
down. A—Transmission Control Lever (TCL)
1. Park machine on a level surface.
2. Lower all equipment to ground.
3. Move Transmission Control Lever (TCL) (A) to N.
VD76477,000112D –19–26OCT06–1/2

Transmission Control Lever (TCL) and gearshift
lever to keep machine from moving. Always
engage park brake to hold machine.
–UN–20DEC06
4. Push left half of park brake switch (B) to engage park
brake.
TX1013938A
5. Move engine speed control knob (D) to 1/3 speed and
run engine with no load for 1—2 minutes.
6. Move engine speed control knob to slow idle. B—Park Brake Switch
C—Ride Control Switch—If Equipped
7. Turn key switch (E) to “Off” to stop engine. Remove D—Engine Speed Control Knob
key from key switch. E—Key Switch
8. Release hydraulic pressure by moving control levers

until equipment does not move.
VD76477,000112D –19–26OCT06–2/2
2-2-34 101008
PN=91
Loading Machine on a Trailer
1. Keep trailer bed clean. Put wheel chocks against 8. Stop engine.
trailer wheels.
IMPORTANT: Prevent possible hydraulic system
2. Use a ramp or loading dock. Ramps must be strong damage. Fasten chains or cables to
enough, have a low angle, and correct height. Load machine at proper locations.
and unload machine on a level surface.
9. Fasten chains or cables from trailer to frame
3. Fasten seat belt before starting engine. Allow tie-downs. Do not route chains or cables over or
engine to run for several minutes. against hydraulic lines or hoses.
4. Install the extendible dipperstick locking pin, if 10. Fasten backhoe bucket to trailer with chains or
equipped, and engage the backhoe swing lock. cables to prevent movement during transport.
5. Drive the machine up ramps slowly with centerline 11. Cover engine exhaust pipe opening with tape to
of machine over centerline of trailer. keep dust and rain out of pipe.
6. Lower loader bucket onto blocks or trailer bed.
7. Lower backhoe boom until bucket rests on trailer

bed.
HG31779,000007C –19–31AUG05–1/1
2-2-35 101008
PN=92
Towing
IMPORTANT: Engine cannot be started by towing.

Damage to transmission may result. DO
NOT tow machine faster than 10 km/hr
(6 mph) or any longer than 1 hour.
Towing IS NOT recommended. If you MUST tow machine,

use the following procedure:
1. Stop engine.
CAUTION: Prevent possible injury or death from

unexpected machine movement. Block wheels
to prevent machine movement before
disengaging park brake.
2. Block tires securely.
3. Attach towing machine and towed machine as closely

together as possible with chains.
4. If your machine is equipped with mechanical front

wheel drive (MFWD), remove the front axle drive shaft.
5. Move gearshift lever and Transmission Control Lever

(TCL) to N.
VD76477,00010F8 –19–07MAR07–1/3
6. Remove front half of rubber mat from floor of

operator’s station. Remove cap screws (A) and cab
floor access plate (B).
A—Cap Screw (4 used)

B—Cab Floor Access Plate –UN–18OCT06
TX1013758A
Continued on next page VD76477,00010F8 –19–07MAR07–2/3
2-2-36 101008
PN=93
IMPORTANT: To avoid damage to park brake

assembly from heat build-up, park
brake must be manually disengaged.
7. Release park brake manually for towing. Loosen hex

nuts (B) and turn both park brake adjustment cap
–UN–13JUL00
screws (A) completely in.
8. Remove blocks from tires and tow machine.
T132351B
9. When towing is completed, block tires and engage
park brake to hold machine. Turn both park brake
adjustment cap screws out to specification (C) as
illustrated.
Specification
Park Brake Adjustment Cap
Screw-to-Park Brake Housing—
Distance ..................................................................................... 27 + 1 mm
1.06 + 0.04 in.
–UN–10SEP96
10. Tighten hex nuts to lock cap screws in position.
11. Install central floor access plate and rubber floor mat.
T102655
12. Install front axle drive shaft, if removed.
A—Park Brake Adjustment Cap Screw (2 used)
B—Hex Nut (2 used)
C—Specification
VD76477,00010F8 –19–07MAR07–3/3
2-2-37 101008
PN=94
Diesel Fuel
Consult your local fuel distributor for properties of the Fuel lubricity should pass a maximum scar diameter
diesel fuel available in your area. of 0.45 mm as measured by ASTM D6079 or ISO
12156-1.
In general, diesel fuels are blended to satisfy the low
temperature requirements of the geographical area in Sulfur content:
which they are marketed.
• Diesel fuel quality and fuel sulfur content must
Diesel fuels specified to EN 590 or ASTM D975 are comply with all existing emissions regulations for the
recommended. Renewable diesel is basically identical area in which the engine operates.
to petroleum diesel fuel that is created by • Use of diesel fuel with sulfur content less than
Hydrotreating fats and oils. Renewable diesel that 0.10% (1000 ppm) is STRONGLY recommended.
meets EN 590 or ASTM D975 is acceptable for use at • Use of diesel fuel with sulfur content 0.10% (1000
all percentage mixture levels. ppm) to 0.50% (5000 ppm) may result in REDUCED
oil and filter change intervals as shown in the table.
Required fuel properties • BEFORE using diesel fuel with sulfur content greater
than 0.50% (5000 ppm), contact your John Deere
In all cases, the fuel shall meet the following dealer.
properties:
IMPORTANT: Do not mix used diesel engine oil or
Cetane number of 45 minimum. Cetane number any other type of lubricating oil with
greater than 50 is preferred, especially for diesel fuel.
temperatures below –20°C (–4°F) or elevations above
1500 m (5000 ft). IMPORTANT: Improper fuel additive usage may
cause damage on fuel injection
Cold Filter Plugging Point (CFPP) should be at least equipment of diesel engines.
5°C (9°F) below the expected lowest temperature or
Cloud Point below the expected lowest ambient
temperature.
DX,FUEL1 –19–05OCT07–1/1
3-1-1 101008
PN=95
Biodiesel Fuel
Biodiesel is a fuel comprised of mono-alkyl esters of Request a certificate of analysis from your fuel
long chain fatty acids derived from vegetable oils or distributor to ensure that the fuel is compliant with the
animal fats. Biodiesel blends are biodiesel mixed with above specifications.
petroleum diesel fuel on a volume basis.
Consult your John Deere dealer for approved biodiesel
Biodiesel users in the U.S. are strongly encouraged to fuel conditioners to improve storage and performance
purchase biodiesel blends from a BQ-9000 Certified with biodiesel fuels.
Marketer and sourced from a BQ-9000 Accredited
Producer (as certified by the National Biodiesel Board). When using biodiesel fuel, the engine oil level must be
Certified Marketers and Accredited Producers can be checked daily. If oil becomes diluted with fuel, shorten
found at the following website: http://www.bq-9000.org. oil change intervals. Refer to Diesel Engine Oil and
Filter Service Intervals for more details regarding
While 5% blends are preferred (B5), biodiesel biodiesel and engine oil change intervals.
concentrations up to a 20% blend (B20) in petroleum
diesel fuel can be used in all John Deere engines. The following must be considered when using
Biodiesel blends up to B20 can be used ONLY if the biodiesel blends up to B20:
biodiesel (100% biodiesel or B100) meets ASTM
D6751 (US), EN 14214 (EU), or equivalent • Cold weather flow degradation
specification. Expect a 2% reduction in power and a • Stability and storage issues (moisture absorption,
3% reduction in fuel economy when using B20. oxidation, microbial growth)
• Possible filter restriction and plugging (usually a
John Deere approved fuel conditioners containing problem when first switching to biodiesel on used
detergent/dispersant additives are recommended when engines.)
using lower biodiesel blends, but are required when • Possible fuel leakage through seals and hoses
using blends of B20 or greater. • Possible reduction of service life of engine
components
John Deere engines can also operate on biodiesel
blends above B20 (up to 100% biodiesel) ONLY if the The following must also be considered when using
biodiesel meets the EN 14214 specification (primarily biodiesel blends above B20.
available in Europe). Engines operating on biodiesel
blends above B20 may not fully comply with all • Possible coking and/or blocked injector nozzles,
applicable emissions regulations. Expect up to a 12% resulting in power loss and engine misfire if John
reduction in power and an 18% reduction in fuel Deere approved fuel conditioners containing
economy when using 100% biodiesel. John Deere detergent/dispersant additives are not used
approved fuel conditioners containing • Possible crankcase oil dilution, requiring more
detergent/dispersant additives are required. frequent oil changes
• Possible corrosion of fuel injection equipment
The petroleum diesel portion of biodiesel blends must • Possible lacquering and/or seizure of internal
meet the requirements of ASTM D975 (US) or EN 590 components
(EU) commercial standards. • Possible formation of sludge and sediments
• Possible thermal oxidation of fuel at elevated
Biodiesel blends up to B20 must be used within 90 temperatures
days of the date of biodiesel manufacture. Biodiesel • Possible elastomer seal and gasket material
blends from B21 to B100 must be used within 45 days degradation ( primarily an issue with older engines)
of the date of biodiesel manufacture.
Continued on next page DX,FUEL7 –19–04OCT07–1/2
3-1-2 101008
PN=96
• Possible compatibility issues with other materials IMPORTANT: Raw pressed vegetable oils are NOT
(including copper, lead, zinc, tin, brass, and bronze) acceptable for use as fuel in any
used in fuel systems and fuel handling equipment concentration in John Deere
• Possible reduction in water separator efficiency engines. Their use could cause
• Potential high acid levels within fuel system engine failure.
• Possible damage to paint if exposed to biodiesel
DX,FUEL7 –19–04OCT07–2/2
Low Sulfur Diesel Fuel Conditioner
When possible, use existing fuel formulations for engines

used off-highway. This fuel will not require any additives
to provide good performance and engine reliability.
However, many local fuel distributors will not carry both
low and regular sulfur diesel fuels.
If the local fuel distributor will supply only low sulfur fuel,
order and use John Deere PREMIUM DIESEL FUEL
CONDITIONER. It provides lubricating properties along
with other useful benefits, such as cetane improver,
anti-oxidant, fuel stabilizer, corrosion inhibitor and others.
John Deere PREMIUM DIESEL FUEL CONDITIONER is
specifically for use with low sulfur fuels. Nearly all other
diesel fuel conditioners only improve cold weather flow
and stabilize long-term fuel storage. They do not contain
the lubrication additives needed by rotary fuel injection
pumps.
TX,45,JC2126 –19–15AUG97–1/1
3-1-3 101008
PN=97
Testing Diesel Fuel
DIESELSCAN is a John Deere fuel analysis program

that can be used to monitor the quality of your fuel. The
DIESELSCAN analysis verifies fuel type, cleanliness,
water content, suitability for cold weather operation, and
whether the fuel meets specifications.
Check with your John Deere dealer for availability of

DIESELSCAN kits.
DIESELSCAN is a trademark of Deere & Company DX,FUEL6 –19–14NOV05–1/1
Handling and Storing Diesel Fuel
Monitor water content of the fuel regularly.

CAUTION: Handle fuel carefully. Do not fill
the fuel tank when engine is running.
When using bio-diesel fuel, the fuel filter may require
more frequent replacement due to premature plugging.
DO NOT smoke while you fill the fuel tank or
service the fuel system.
Check engine oil level daily prior to starting engine. A
rising oil level may indicate fuel dilution of the engine
Fill the fuel tank at the end of each day’s operation to
oil.
prevent water condensation and freezing during cold
weather.
When fuel is stored for an extended period or if there
is a slow turnover of fuel, add a fuel conditioner to
Keep all storage tanks as full as practicable to
stabilize the fuel and prevent water condensation.
minimize condensation.
Contact your fuel supplier for recommendations.
Ensure that all fuel tank caps and covers are installed
properly to prevent moisture from entering.
VD76477,000171B –19–17DEC07–1/1
3-1-4 101008
PN=98
Alternative and Synthetic Lubricants
Conditions in certain geographical areas may require Avoid mixing different brands or types of oils. Oil
lubricant recommendations different from those printed manufacturers blend base stock and additives to
in this manual. Some John Deere brand coolants and create their oils and to meet certain specifications and
lubricants may not be available in your location. performance requirements. Mixing different oils can
interfere with proper functioning of these formulations
Synthetic lubricants may be used if they meet the and degrade lubricant performance.
performance requirements as shown in this manual.
Consult your authorized John Deere dealer to obtain
The temperature limits and service intervals shown in specific information and recommendations.
this manual apply to both conventional and synthetic
oils.
Re-refined base stock products may be used if the

finished lubricant meets the performance requirements.
AM40430,00000AA –19–08JAN08–1/1
Diesel Engine Break-In Oil
New engines are filled at the factory with John Deere After the break-in period, use John Deere PLUS-50
ENGINE BREAK-IN OIL. During the break-in period, or other diesel engine oil as recommended in this
add John Deere ENGINE BREAK-IN OIL as needed to manual.
maintain the specified oil level.
IMPORTANT: Do not use PLUS-50 oil or engine
Change the oil and filter after the first 250 hours of oils meeting any of the following
operation of a new or rebuilt engine. during the first 250 hours of
operation of a new or rebuilt engine:
After engine overhaul, fill the engine with John Deere
ENGINE BREAK-IN OIL. API CJ-4 ACEA E7
API CI-4 PLUS ACEA E6
API CI-4 ACEA E5
If John Deere ENGINE BREAK-IN OIL is not available, API CH-4 ACEA E4
use a diesel engine oil meeting one of the following API CG-4 ACEA E3
during the first 250 hours of operation: API CF-4
API CF-2
• API Service Classification CE API CF
• API Service Classification CD
These oils will not allow the engine
• API Service Classification CC
to break-in properly.
• ACEA Oil Sequence E2
PLUS-50 is a trademark of Deere & Company. VD76477,0001319 –19–14DEC06–1/1
3-1-5 101008
PN=99
Diesel Engine Oil

50 o C 122o F
Use oil viscosity based on the expected air temperature

40 o C 104o F
range during the period between oil changes.
SAE 40
30 o C 86 o F
John Deere PLUS-50 oil is preferred.
SAE-15W-40
SAE 30
SAE 10W-40
20 o C 68 o F
Oils meeting one of the following specifications are also
SAE 10W-30
SAE 0W-40
SAE 5W-30
recommended: 10 o C 50 o F
• ACEA Oil Sequence E7 0o C 32 o F

• ACEA Oil Sequence E5 -10 o C 14 o F
-20 o C -4 o F
–UN–18JUL07
Extended service intervals may apply when John Deere
PLUS-50, ACEA E7, ACEA E6, ACEA E5, or ACEA E4 -30 o C -22 o F
engine oils are used. Consult your John Deere dealer for
-40 o C -40 o F
more information.
TS1687
Other oils may be used if they meet one or more of the Oil Viscosities for Air Temperature Ranges
following:
• John Deere TORQ-GARD SUPREME

• API Service Category CJ-4
• API Service Category CI-4 PLUS
• API Service Category CI-4
• API Service Category CH-4
• API Service Category CG-4
• API Service Category CF-4
If oils meeting API CG-4, API CF-4, or ACEA E2 are

used, reduce the service interval by 50%.
Multi-viscosity diesel engine oils are preferred.
Diesel fuel quality and fuel sulfur content must comply

with all existing emissions regulations for the area in
which the engine operates.
If diesel fuel with sulfur content greater than 0.50% (5000

ppm) is used, reduce the service interval by 50%.
PLUS-50 is a trademark of Deere & Company

TORQ-GARD SUPREME is a trademark of Deere & Company Continued on next page DX,ENOIL –19–06APR07–1/2
3-1-6 101008
PN=100
DO NOT use diesel fuel with sulfur content greater than

1.00% (10 000 ppm).
DX,ENOIL –19–06APR07–2/2
Diesel Engine Oil and Filter Service Intervals
The oil and filter service intervals in the table below Oil and filter change intervals are based on oil pan
should be used as guidelines because actual service capacity, type of oil and filter used, and sulfur content
intervals also depend on operation and maintenance of the diesel fuel.
practices. It is suggested that oil analysis be used prior
to each oil change to be certain the proper oil and filter Refer to the following table for oil and filter service
service interval is selected. intervals.
Continued on next page MB60223,0000008 –19–25JAN08–1/2
3-1-7 101008
PN=101
Oil and Filter Service Intervals The level of sulfur will directly relate to the level of
Standard Oil Pan Extended Drain contaminants in the oil and exhaust which if left
a
Oil Pan b unattended could lead to intake components (valves,
Fuel Sulfur Level Less than 1000 ppm (0.10%) ports, etc.) being caked with soot and accelerated
With Standard 250 hours 250 hours cylinder and bearing wear. Bearing wear becomes
Oil more critical as oil Total Base Number (TBN) is
With Premium 375 hours 500 hours depleted. In order to minimize the effect of high sulfur
Oil fuels on the internal components of our engines the
Use condition based maintenance - sample oil at normal interval following recommendations are being shared.
• Diesel fuel quality and fuel sulfur content must

Fuel Sulfur Level 1000 to 5000 ppm (0.10 to 0.50%)
comply with all existing emissions regulations for the
With Standard 150 hours 150 hours area in which the engine operates. Ask your retailer
Oil
what sulfur content he is providing.
With Premium 250 hours 250 hours • Use of diesel fuel with sulfur content less than
Oil
0.10% (1000 ppm) is STRONGLY recommended.
Use condition based maintenance - sample oil at 150 hour • Use of diesel fuel with sulfur content 0.10% (1000
interval
ppm to 0.50% (5000 ppm) may result in REDUCED
Use premium oil oil and filter change intervals. . Use condition based
Know what sulfur level you are fueling with - sample fuel at 500 maintenance to determine what your oil change
hour interval interval should be. (see chart).
• BEFORE using diesel fuel with sulfur content greater
Fuel Sulfur Level 5000 to 10,000 ppm (0.50 to 1.00%) than 0.50% (5000 ppm), contact your John Deere
With Standard 100 hours 100 hours dealer.
Oil • If you must use diesel fuel with sulfur content
With Premium 150 hours 150 hours greater than 1.0%, reduce your oil change intervals.
Oil Use condition based maintenance to determine what
Use condition based maintenance - sample oil at 100 hour your oil change interval should be.
interval
Use premium oil Oil types (premium or standard) are as follows:
Know what sulfur level you are fueling with - sample fuel at 500
hour interval • “Premium Oils” include John Deere PLUS-50,
ACEA E6, or ACEA E7 oils, and assume the use of
a
a specified John Deere oil filter.
Oil pans with option codes 1909, 1914, 1915 or 1916 (lower
power levels) <200 HP
• “Standard Oils” include John Deere TORQ-GARD
b
SUPREME, API CI-4 PLUS, API CI-4, ACEA E4,
Oil pans with option codes 1911 or 1916 (higher power levels) >
200 HP
or ACEA E5 oils.
Fuel Sulfur Level:

TORQ-GARD SUPREME is a trademark of Deere & Company MB60223,0000008 –19–25JAN08–2/2
3-1-8 101008
PN=102
Transmission, Axles, and Mechanical Front

Wheel Drive (MFWD) Oil

The following oils are preferred:
• John Deere HY-GARD

• John Deere Low Viscosity HY-GARD
Other oils may be used if they meet one of the following:
• John Deere Standard JDM J20C
–UN–10OCT97
• John Deere Standard JDM J20D
Use the following oil when a biodegradable fluid is

required:
TS1660
• John Deere BIO-HY-GARD
HY-GARD is a trademark of Deere & Company

BIO-HY-GARD is a trademark of Deere & Company VD76477,00010CF –19–17JUL07–1/1
Hydraulic Oil

The following oil is preferred:
• John Deere PLUS-50
The following oil is also recommended:
• John Deere TORQ-GARD SUPREME
Other oils may be used if they meet one or more of the

–UN–21DEC06
following:
• API Service Classification CH-4

• API Service Classification CG-4
TX1017022
• API Service Classification CF-4

• ACEA Specification E3
• ACEA Specification E2

TORQ-GARD SUPREME is a trademark of Deere & Company VD76477,00010D0 –19–04APR07–1/1
3-1-9 101008
PN=103
Grease
Use grease based on NLGI consistency numbers and the

expected air temperature range during the service interval.
John Deere Moly High Temperature/EP Grease is

preferred.
The following greases are also recommended:
• SAE Multipurpose EP Grease containing 3-5%

molybdenum disulfide
• SAE Multipurpose EP Grease
–19–12DEC06
IMPORTANT: Some types of grease thickeners are
not compatible with others. Consult
your grease supplier before mixing
different types of grease.
TX1015577
VD76477,00012D0 –19–15MAR07–1/1
3-1-10 101008
PN=104
Diesel Engine Coolant
The engine cooling system is filled to provide Other low silicate ethylene glycol base coolants for
year-round protection against corrosion and cylinder heavy-duty engines may also be used if they meet one
liner pitting, and winter freeze protection to -37°C of the following specifications:
(-34°F). If protection at lower temperatures is required,
consult your John Deere dealer for recommendations. • ASTM D4985 ethylene glycol base prediluted (50%)
coolant
John Deere COOL-GARD Prediluted Coolant is • ASTM D4985 ethylene glycol base coolant
preferred for service. concentrate in a 40% to 60% mixture of concentrate
with quality water
John Deere COOL-GARD Prediluted Coolant is
available in a concentration of either 50% ethylene Coolants meeting ASTM D4985 require an initial
glycol or 55% propylene glycol. charge of supplemental coolant additives, formulated
for protection of heavy duty diesel engines against
Additional recommended coolants corrosion and cylinder liner erosion and pitting. They
also require periodic replenishment of additives during
The following engine coolant is also recommended: the drain interval.
• John Deere COOL-GARD Coolant Concentrate in a Other coolants

40% to 60% mixture of concentrate with quality
water. It is possible that neither John Deere COOL-GARD nor
coolants meeting one of the coolant standards listed
John Deere COOL-GARD coolants do not require use above is available in the geographical area where
of supplemental coolant additives, except for periodic service is performed. If these coolants are unavailable,
replenishment of additives during the drain interval. use a coolant concentrate or prediluted coolant with a
quality additive package that provides cylinder liner
Other fully formulated coolants cavitation protection and protects the cooling system
metals (cast iron, aluminum alloys, and copper alloys
Other fully formulated low silicate ethylene or such as brass) from corrosion.
propylene glycol base coolants for heavy-duty engines
may be used if they meet one of the following The additive package must be part of one of the
specifications: following coolant mixtures:
• ASTM D6210 prediluted (50%) coolant • ethylene glycol or propylene glycol base prediluted
• ASTM D6210 coolant concentrate in a 40% to 60% (40% to 60%) coolant
mixture of concentrate with quality water • ethylene glycol or propylene glycol base coolant
concentrate in a 40% to 60% mixture of concentrate
Coolants meeting ASTM D6210 do not require use of with quality water
supplemental coolant additives, except for periodic
replenishment of additives during the drain interval. Water quality
Coolants requiring supplemental coolant additives
COOL-GARD is a trademark of Deere & Company Continued on next page DX,COOL3 –19–27OCT05–1/2
3-1-11 101008
PN=105
Water quality is important to the performance of the IMPORTANT: Do not mix ethylene glycol and
cooling system. Distilled, deionized, or demineralized propylene glycol base coolants.
water is recommended for mixing with ethylene glycol
and propylene glycol base engine coolant concentrate.
IMPORTANT: Do not use cooling system sealing

additives or antifreeze that contains
sealing additives.
DX,COOL3 –19–27OCT05–2/2
3-1-12 101008
PN=106
Maintenance—Periodic Maintenance
Service Machine at Specified Intervals
Lubricate and make service checks and adjustments at

intervals shown on the periodic maintenance chart (A),
greasing maintenance chart (B), and in the maintenance
sections.
–UN–13JUL00
Perform service on items at multiples of the original
requirement. For example, at 500 hours also service those
items (if applicable) listed under 250 hours, 100 hours,
T132353B
and 10 hours or daily.
Intervals shown on charts and in this manual are for

normal conditions. If operating in difficult conditions, A—Periodic Maintenance Chart
B—Greasing Maintenance Chart
service at shorter intervals.
CED,OUO1079,418 –19–14DEC06–1/1
Check Hour Meter Regularly
Check the hour meter in the display window to determine

when the machine needs periodic maintenance.
–UN–26OCT06
To check the hour meter, turn the key switch on and
press the SELECT button until the hour meter is
displayed.
TX1013759A
To check the hour meter with the key switch off, press
and hold the SELECT button.
1—Hour Meter
VD76477,00010F9 –19–07MAR07–1/1
3-2-1 101008
PN=107
Prepare Machine for Maintenance
IMPORTANT: Improperly disposing of waste can or lower the front loader boom fully to the
threaten the environment and ground, and move control levers to release
ecology. Potentially harmful waste hydraulic pressure before working near the
used with John Deere equipment front of the machine. See Loader Boom
includes such items as oil, fuel, Service Lock in this section for installation
coolant, brake fluid, filters, and instructions.
batteries. Do not pour waste onto
the ground, down a drain, or into Raise the front loader boom and install the loader
any water source. boom service lock before performing maintenance in
the engine compartment. See Loader Boom Service
Before performing procedures in the maintenance Lock in this section.
chapters and before leaving the operator’s seat, park
the machine, and release hydraulic pressure. If the machine is equipped with ride control, discharge
hydraulic pressure from the ride control system before
performing maintenance. See Discharge Ride Control
CAUTION: Prevent serious injury or death
System Hydraulic Pressure—If Equipped. (Section
from unexpected machine movement.
4-1.)
Always install the loader boom service lock,
CED,OUO1079,419 –19–18JAN02–1/1
Engine Identification
Use the following information to identify the engine as

either a Tier 3, Tier 2 or non-regulated engine.
3-2-2 101008
PN=108
Tier 3 Engine Component Identification
Machines equipped with Tier 3 engines have surge tank

(1) mounted at rear of engine compartment and charge air
cooler (2) on top right side of engine.
Tier 3 engine machines have a different placement of

muffler (3) and air cleaner (4) than Tier 2 and
–UN–23JAN08
non-regulated engines.
1—Surge Tank
2—Charge Air Cooler
TX1035275A
3—Muffler
4—Air Cleaner
Tier 3 Engine (left side view)
–UN–23JAN08
TX1035274A
Tier 3 Engine (right side view)
–UN–23JAN08
TX1035278A
Tier 3 Engine (detail)
3-2-3 101008
PN=109
Tier 2 and Non-Regulated Engine Component

Identification
Machines equipped with a Tier 2 or non-regulated engine

have surge tank (1) mounted at front of engine
compartment, and do not use a charge air cooler.
Tier 3 engine machines have a different placement of
–UN–23JAN08
muffler (3) and air cleaner (4) than Tier 2 and
non-regulated engines.
1—Surge Tank
TX1035276A
3—Muffler
4—Air Cleaner
Tier 2 and Non-Regulated Engine (left side view)
–UN–23JAN08
TX1035277A
Tier 2 and Non-Regulated Engine (right side view)
–UN–23JAN08
TX1035279A
Tier 2 and Non-Regulated Engine (detail)
3-2-4 101008
PN=110
Engine Serial and Model Number Identification
The engine serial number plate (7) is located on the right

rear of the engine block.
–UN–23JAN08
The fifth digit of the engine model number can be used to
identify an engine as either Tier 3, Tier 2 or non-regulated
based on aspiration method for this machine application.
TX1035401A
Engine Model Number
4045HT054 Turbocharger and air-to-water
H .................................................. aftercooled (Tier 3 engine)
4045TT095 Turbocharged, no aftercooling Engine Serial Number Plate Location
T .................................................. (Tier 2 and non-regulated engine)
5—Engine Serial Number

6—Engine Model Number
–UN–29JAN08
7—Engine Serial Number Plate
TX1035303
Engine Serial Number Plate—Tier 3 Engine
–UN–29JAN08
TX1035305
Engine Serial Number Plate—Tier 2 and Non-Regulated Engines
VD76477,0001759 –19–08FEB08–4/4
3-2-5 101008
PN=111
Loader Boom Service Lock
Install loader boom service lock when front loader 5. Remove cotter pin and retaining pin, and lower
must be raised for service procedures. loader boom service lock onto cylinder rod.
IMPORTANT: Do not raise or lower the front loader 6. Install retaining pin and cotter pin to attach loader
boom while the engine hood is open. boom service lock on cylinder rod.
Always close the engine hood fully
before moving the front loader 7. Slowly lower boom until its weight settles onto the
boom, or severe damage to the loader boom service lock.
engine hood will occur.
Removing the Loader Boom Service Lock
Installing the Loader Boom Service Lock
1. Close engine hood.
2. Start engine and raise boom slightly to allow
2. Empty loader bucket and move bucket to dump clearance between loader boom service lock and
position. cylinder.
3. Raise boom until loader boom service lock can fit 3. Remove cotter pin and retaining pin.
over cylinder rod.
4. Lift loader boom service lock to storage position,
4. Stop engine. and install retaining pin and cotter pin to retain.
HG31779,000007D –19–14MAY02–1/1
3-2-6 101008
PN=112
Opening and Closing Engine Hood
CAUTION: Prevent serious injury or death from

unexpected machine movement. Always install
the loader boom service lock, or lower the front
–UN–23OCT06
loader boom fully to the ground, and move
control levers to release hydraulic pressure
before working near the front of the machine.
TX1013942A
IMPORTANT: Do not raise or lower front loader boom
while the engine hood is open. Always
close engine hood fully before moving
front loader boom, or severe damage to
hood will occur.
NOTE: The engine hood can be partially opened when

the front loader boom is lowered fully to the
ground. To fully open the engine hood, the front
–UN–23OCT06
loader boom must be fully raised and the loader
boom service lock must be installed.
Push hood tilt latch (1) and lift hood to open.
TX1013950A
Pull hood support (2) and slowly lower hood to close.
1—Hood Tilt Latch

2—Hood Support
VD76477,0001132 –19–20OCT06–1/1
Fuel Tank
CAUTION: Handle fuel carefully. If the engine is

hot or running, DO NOT fill the fuel tank. DO
NOT smoke while filling fuel tank or working on
fuel system.
To avoid condensation, fill the fuel tank at the end of each

day’s operation. Shut off engine before filling.
Specification
Fuel Tank—Capacity ......................................................................... 155 L
41 gal
VD76477,00011F7 –19–07MAR07–1/1
3-2-7 101008
PN=113
Maintenance and Repair Record Keeping

System
The checklist in this section summarizes scheduled

maintenance, and parts and oil required at each
maintenance interval.
Use the checklist to:
• Remind you to perform machine maintenance at

specified intervals to minimize downtime.
• Calculate cost of machine operation and ownership
allowing you to make better job estimates.
• Place yourself in a stronger position at trade-in time.
• Satisfy your SECURE contract requirements.
As maintenance is performed, check off each item on the

list and record date and hour meter reading.
Do not tear out or mark on checklist in this section; keep it
–UN–27JUN91
to make extra copies.
T7511CO
TX,50,FF2898 –19–27SEP07–1/1
3-2-8 101008
PN=114
Fluid Analysis Program Test Kits and 3-Way

Coolant Test Kit
Fluid Analysis Program Test Kits and the 3-Way Coolant

Test Kit are John Deere fluid sampling products to help
–UN–20FEB06
you monitor machine maintenance and system condition.
The objective of a fluid sampling program is to ensure
machine availability when you need it and to reduce repair
costs by identifying potential problems before they
TX1003513A
become critical.
Engine, hydraulic, power train, and coolant samples

should be taken from each system on a periodic basis,
usually prior to a filter and/or fluid change interval. Certain
systems require more frequent sampling. Consult your
authorized John Deere dealer on a maintenance program
for your specific application. Your authorized John Deere
dealer has the sampling products and expertise to assist
you in lowering your overall operating costs through fluid
sampling.
–UN–16SEP97
T111410
3-Way Coolant Test Kit
AM40430,00002FE –19–14JAN08–1/1
3-2-9 101008
PN=115
Service Intervals
SERVICE INTERVALS
Service your machine at intervals shown on this chart. Also, perform service on items at multiples of the original requirement. For example, at
500 hours also service those items (if applicable) listed under 250 hours, 100 hours, 50 hours, and 10 hours or daily.
As Required
• Check and adjust backhoe boom lock • Clean or replace engine air filter elements
• Check loader boom lock • Clean air cleaner dust unloader valve
• Inspect tires and check pressure • Inspect belt
• Check wheel fasteners • Drain water and sediment from water separator
• Clean or replace cab fresh air and recirculation filters (if equipped) • Drain water and sediment from final fuel filter (Tier 3 engines only)
• Inspect and clean hydraulic reservoir fill screen • Grease non-powered front wheel bearings (if equipped)
• Drain water and sediment from fuel tank • Grease MFWD drive shaft spline (if equipped)
Every 10 Hours or Daily
• Check hydraulic reservoir oil level • Grease backhoe bucket linkage pivots and cylinder rod ends
• Check engine oil level • Grease MFWD front axle U-joints (if equipped)
• Check coolant level • Grease loader quick coupler (if equipped)
• Grease loader pivot points • Grease front axle pivot pin
• Grease stabilizer pivots and cylinder pins • Grease 4-in-1 bucket pivots (if equipped)
• Grease backhoe coupler mechanical jack (if equipped)
Every 50 Hours
• Check transmission oil level • Grease backhoe coupler fittings (if equipped)
Initial Service - 250 Hours*
• Change engine break-in oil and replace filter
* Perform initial service once after the first 250 hours of

operation.
Continued on next page VD76477,00010D1 –19–11AUG08–1/2
3-2-10 101008
PN=116
Model: 310J and 310SJ Customer:

PIN/Serial Number: Delivery Date: Hour Meter Reading:
OIL SAMPLING
Oil samples should be taken from each system prior to its recommended drain or change interval indicated on this form: 250, 500, 1000
hours. Maintenance recommendations supplied by OILSCAN PLUS will be provided based upon the oil analysis and operating information
you supply. Regular oil sampling will extend the operational life of your machine’s systems.
Every 250 Hours
❒ Check MFWD planetary housing oil level (if equipped) ❒ Check rear axle oil level
❒ Check MFWD front axle housing oil level (if equipped) ❒ Take engine oil sample, 250 hours (recommended), 500 hours
(maximum)
❒ Check battery electrolyte level and tighten terminals ❒ Take hydraulic oil sample
Every 500 Hours
❒ Check coolant conditioner ❒ Drain, refill engine oil and replace engine oil filter
❒ Check air intake hose ❒ Replace final fuel filter
❒ Check boom-to-dipperstick pin bolt torque ❒ Replace primary fuel filter (Tier 3 engine only)
❒ Clean engine crankcase vent tube (Tier 3 engine only) ❒ Take transmission oil sample
❒ Take diesel fuel sample ❒ Take engine oil sample, 250 hours (recommended), 500 hours
(maximum)
❒ Take rear axle oil sample ❒ Take engine coolant sample
Every 1000 Hours
❒ Clean, pack, and adjust non-power front wheel bearings (if ❒ Replace engine air filter elements
equipped)
❒ Check engine speed ❒ Replace hydraulic oil filter
❒ Clean engine crankcase vent tube ❒ Replace fuel breather
❒ Replace hydraulic reservoir breather ❒ Drain and refill transmission and torque converter oil
❒ Replace transmission oil filter
❒ Clean engine crankcase vent tube (Tier 2 and non-regulated engines only)
Every 2000 Hours
❒ Adjust engine valve lash ❒ Drain and refill rear axle and planetary oil
❒ Drain and refill hydraulic reservoir oil ❒ Drain and refill MFWD front axle housing oil (if equipped)
❒ Drain and refill MFWD planetary housing oil (if equipped)
VD76477,00010D1 –19–11AUG08–2/2
Required Parts
REQUIRED PARTS
Ensure machine performance and availability; use only genuine John Deere parts. Verify part numbers are current and that any associated
parts are also on hand, i.e., filter O-rings.
Continued on next page VD76477,00010E7 –19–04AUG08–1/3
3-2-11 101008
PN=117
Initial
Part Service - Every 250 Every 500 Every 1000 Every 2000
Description Number 250 Hours Hours Hours Hours Hours
Engine Oil Filter RE504836 1 1 1 1
Primary Fuel Filter (HT054-Tier 3 engine) RE529643 1 1 1
Final Fuel Filter (HT054-Tier 3 engine) RE522878 1 1 1
Final Fuel Filter RE509031 1 1 1
(Tier 2 and non-regulated engines)
Hydraulic Oil Filter AT308274 1 1
Hydraulic Reservoir Breather Filter AT101565 1 1
Air Filter (Primary) (HT054-Tier 3 engine) AT332908 1 1
Air Filter (Primary) (Tier 2 and non-regulated KV16429 1 1
engines)
Air Filter (Secondary) (HT054-Tier 3 engine) AT332909 1 1
Air Filter (Secondary) (Tier 2 and non-regulated AT171854 1 1
engines)
Fuel Breather AM107314 1 1
Engine Rocker Arm Cover Gasket R123542 1
Transmission Filter AT179323 1 1
Cab Fresh Air Filter AT191102 As Needed
Cab Recirculation Filter AT184590 As Needed
Coolant Conditioner TY16004 As Needed
PLUS-50 Oil TY6389* 13 L 13 L 13 L 13 L
(3.5 gal) (3.5 gal) (3.5 gal) (3.5 gal)
PLUS-50 Hydraulic Oil TY6389* 37 L (9.8
gal)
HY-GARD Transmission Oil:
Transmission TY6354* 15 L 15 L
(4.0 gal) (4.0 gal)
MFWD TY6354* 8.5 L
(2.25 gal)
Rear Axle and Planetary Oil TY6354* 18 L
(4.8 gal)
Fluid Analysis Kits:
Diesel Engine Oil AT317904 1 1 1 1
Transmission Oil and Rear Axle AT303189 2 2 2
Hydraulic Oil Tank AT303189 1 1 1 1
3-Way Heavy Duty Coolant Test Kit TY16175 1 1 1
COOLSCAN PLUS Kit AT183016 1 1 1

HY-GARD is a trademark of Deere & Company
COOLSCAN PLUS is a trademark of Deere & Company Continued on next page VD76477,00010E7 –19–04AUG08–2/3
3-2-12 101008
PN=118
Initial
Part Service - Every 250 Every 500 Every 1000 Every 2000
Description Number 250 Hours Hours Hours Hours Hours
DieselScan AT180344 1 1 1
Cap Probe AT315231 1 1 1 1
(If Equipped with Fluid Sampling Ports)
* For recommended oil type and oil viscosities based on

operating temperatures see Maintenance-Machine.
(Section 3-1.)
DieselScan is a trademark of Deere & Company VD76477,00010E7 –19–04AUG08–3/3
3-2-13 101008
PN=119
Maintenance—As Required
Inspect Loader Boom Service Lock
1. Inspect loader boom service lock (1), cotter pin, and

retaining pin to ensure that all are in good condition.
–UN–04JAN06
2. Verify that warning decal is in place.
3. See your authorized dealer for replacement parts.
TX1002080A
1—Loader Boom Service Lock
VD76477,00010FC –19–18OCT06–1/1
3-3-1 101008
PN=120
Check and Adjust Backhoe Boom Lock
Checking Boom Lock Operation
1. Operate the boom lock lever repeatedly to verify proper

operation.
–UN–06JAN06
2. If boom lock is out of adjustment, adjust per procedure.
Adjusting the Boom Lock
TX1002083
IMPORTANT: To avoid damage to lock system, adjust
lock so it is able to pass through full Right Side Shown
range of motion. Lock must completely
1—Boom Hook (2 used)
clear boom hook (1) when boom lock 2—Stop (4 used)
lever is pulled, and go down to stop (2) 3—Pin (2 used)
when lever is released with boom 4—Yoke (2 used)
moved away from latch area. 5—Jam Nut (2 used)
Perform the following adjustment for both the left and right
boom locks:
NOTE: Boom lock is not shim adjustable.
1. Start machine and lower stabilizers.
2. Move boom in slightly towards machine to relieve

tension on boom lock.
3. Pull in on boom lock lever. While moving boom away

from machine, verify boom locks completely clear
boom hooks (1).
4. Once boom is away from latch area, verify locks

contact stops (2) on both sides of machine when boom
lock lever is released.
5. Move boom back into transport position. Stop the

engine.
6. Remove pin (3) and spring from boom lock.
7. Adjust position of yoke (4) so when the boom lock

control lever is at rest, yoke is aligned with pin
mounting hole.
8. Tighten jam nut (5) to hold yoke in adjusted position.
Continued on next page VD76477,00010FD –19–21DEC06–1/2
3-3-2 101008
PN=121
9. Install pin.
10. Repeat yoke adjust procedure on opposite side of

machine.
11. Check boom lock operation per procedure to verify

proper operation.
VD76477,00010FD –19–21DEC06–2/2
Check Tire Pressure
CAUTION: Explosive separation of a tire and

rim parts can cause serious injury or death.
Only attempt to mount a tire if you have the

proper equipment and experience to perform
the job. Have it done by your John Deere dealer
or a qualified repair service.
Always maintain the correct tire pressure. DO

NOT inflate the tires above the recommended
pressure. NEVER cut or weld on an inflated tire
or rim assembly, rim, or rim parts. Heat from
welding could cause an increase in pressure
and may result in a tire explosion.
When inflating tires, use a clip-on chuck and

extension hose long enough to allow you to
stand to one side and NOT in front of or over
the tire assembly. Use a safety cage if available.
–UN–23AUG88
Inspect tires and wheels daily. DO NOT operate
with low pressure, cuts, bubbles, damaged TS211
rims, or missing lug bolts and nuts.
Check tire pressure with an accurate gauge having 6.9

kPa (0.07 bar) (1 psi) graduations. If tires contain liquid
ballast, use a special air-water gauge and measure with
valve stem at bottom.
When inflating tires be sure to lock air chuck to valve

stem and stand to front or rear of tire.
TX,55,BD2138 –19–07OCT96–1/1
3-3-3 101008
PN=122
Tire Inflation Pressures
NOTE: Shipping pressure may not be the same as

operating pressure. You may change tire
pressures to suit working condition according to
tire manufacturer’s recommendations.
Item Measurement Specification
Front Tires
11L-15 8PR F3 Pressure 303 kPa

3.0 bar
44 psi
11L-16 12PR F3 Pressure 441 kPa

4.4 bar
64 psi
12L-16.5 8PR SS-1 Pressure 414 kPa

4.1 bar
60 psi
12.5/80-18 10PR I-3 (MFWD) Pressure 310 kPa

3.1 bar
60 psi
16.5L-16.1 10PR I-1 Pressure 276 kPa

2.76 bar
40 psi
14.5/75-16.1 10PR F-3 Pressure 276 kPa

2.76 bar
40 psi
15-19.5 8PR SS-1 Pressure 276 kPa

2.76 bar
40 psi
15-19.5 12PR SS-1 Pressure 414 kPa

4.1 bar
60 psi
Continued on next page OUO6043,0001929 –19–11AUG08–1/2
3-3-4 101008
PN=123
Rear Tires
16.9-24 8PR R4 Pressure 193 kPa

1.9 bar
28 psi
19.5L-24 10PR R4 Pressure 193 kPa

1.9 bar
28 psi
21L-24 10PR R4 Pressure 179 kPa

1.8 bar
26 psi
20.5-25 12PR L2 Pressure 241 kPa

2.4 bar
35 psi
16.9-28 10PR R4 Pressure 193 kPa

1.9 bar
28 psi
21L-28 14PR R4 Pressure 248 kPa

2.5 bar
36 psi
OUO6043,0001929 –19–11AUG08–2/2
3-3-5 101008
PN=124
Check Wheel Fasteners
–UN–18SEP08
TX1049027A
1—Front Wheel Fastener (8 2—Rear Wheel Fastener (10
per wheel) per wheel)
NOTE: Tighten front wheel fasteners (1) and rear Tighten wheel fasteners.
wheel fasteners (2) after first 50-100 hours of
loaded operation after replacing or installing a
new wheel. After that, tighten as required.
Standard Front Axle Bolt Torque 136 ± 20 N•m

100 ± 14 lb-ft
MFWD Front Axle Nut Torque 725 ± 72 N•m

535 ± 53 lb-ft
Rear Axle Bolt Torque 725 ± 72 N•m

535 ± 53 lb-ft
ER93822,000027C –19–18SEP08–1/1
3-3-6 101008
PN=125
Clean Cab Air Filters—If Equipped
Cab Fresh Air Filter
1. Open latch (A) on inside of right-side window frame.
–UN–18JUL00
2. Remove fresh air filter cover (B) and fresh air filter.
3. Inspect filter. Clean as necessary. Replace if damaged.
T132588B
4. Install filter and filter cover.
5. Close latch.
A—Latch
B—Fresh Air Filter Cover
VD76477,000119F –19–15DEC06–1/2
Cab Recirculating Air Filter
1. Remove cab recirculating air filter cover (C) and cab

recirculating air filter.
2. Inspect filter. Clean as necessary. Replace if damaged.
–UN–24JUL00
3. Install filter and filter cover.
Cleaning Cab Air Filters
T132838B
CAUTION: Reduce compressed air to less than
210 kPa (2.10 bar) (30 psi) when using for C—Cab Recirculating Air Filter Cover
cleaning purposes. Clear area of bystanders,
guard against flying debris, and wear personal
protection equipment, including eye protection.
IMPORTANT: Always replace damaged air filters.
Clean filter(s) using one of the following methods:
• Direct compressed air through filter(s), opposite normal

air flow.
• Tap filter(s) on a flat surface with dirty side down.
• Wash in warm, soapy water and flush. Let filter(s) dry
before reinstalling.
VD76477,000119F –19–15DEC06–2/2
3-3-7 101008
PN=126
Inspect and Clean Hydraulic Reservoir Fill

Screen
1. Remove hydraulic reservoir fill cap (1) from fill tube.
–UN–04FEB08
2. Remove retaining clip and hydraulic reservoir fill screen
from fill tube.
3. Inspect hydraulic reservoir fill screen and clean as
TX1036006A
necessary.
4. Install hydraulic reservoir fill screen and retaining clip in

fill tube. Tier 3 Engine
5. Install hydraulic reservoir fill cap in fill tube.
1—Hydraulic Reservoir Fill Cap
–UN–01FEB08
TX1035714A
Tier 2 and Non-Regulated Engines
MB60223,000000D –19–04FEB08–1/1
3-3-8 101008
PN=127
Drain Water and Sediment from Water

Separator
1. Place container under primary fuel filter drain valve (1)

to collect waste.
2. Loosen valve and allow water and sediment to drain
from fuel filter assembly.
3. Tighten valve. Dispose of waste properly.
4. Place container under final fuel filter drain valve (2) to
collect waste. (Tier 3 engine only).
5. Loosen valve and allow water and sediment to drain
from fuel filter assembly.
6. Tighten valve. Dispose of waste properly.
–UN–08FEB08
1—Primary Fuel Filter Drain Valve
2—Final Fuel Filter Drain Valve
TX1036491A
Tier 3 Engine
–UN–10JAN06
TX1002482A
Tier 2 Engine
MB60223,0000009 –19–20FEB08–1/1
3-3-9 101008
PN=128
Drain Fuel Tank Water and Sediment
CAUTION: Handle fuel carefully. If the engine is

hot or running, DO NOT drain fuel tank. DO
NOT smoke while draining fuel tank or working
–UN–25OCT06
on fuel system.
NOTE: To ensure that all of the water drains properly,

use the right stabilizer to lift the right rear wheel
TX1014055A
off of the ground.
NOTE: Dispose of waste properly.

1—Sediment Drain Plug
1. Loosen sediment drain plug (1) on front of fuel tank
and allow fuel to flow for several seconds.
2. Tighten plug securely to stop fuel flow.
VD76477,000113C –19–07MAR07–1/1
Clean Engine Air Cleaner Dust Unloader

Valve
IMPORTANT: A missing, damaged, or hardened dust

unloader valve will make dust cup
–UN–01FEB08
precleaner ineffective, causing very
short element life. Valve should suck
closed above 1/3 engine speed.
TX1035619A
Squeeze engine air cleaner dust unloader valve (1) to
remove dust from air cleaner.
Tier 3 Engine
If operating in high dust conditions, squeeze dust valve
every couple of hours of operation to release dust.
1—Engine Air Cleaner Dust Unloader Valve

–UN–07JUN02
T155826B

MB60223,000000E –19–04FEB08–1/1
3-3-10 101008
PN=129
Clean or Replace Air Cleaner Elements—Tier

3
1. Open engine hood.
–UN–01FEB08
2. Remove air cleaner cover by releasing clips (1).
3. Remove primary element (2).
TX1035630A
IMPORTANT: A damaged or dirty element may cause
engine damage.
Install a new primary element:
1. If the element shows damage.

2. If element will not clean.
3. After 1000 hours service or annually.
–UN–01FEB08
Install a new secondary element (3):
1. If the primary element is damaged

and needs to be replaced.
TX1035631A
2. If the element is visibly dirty.
DO NOT clean a secondary element.

Install a new element carefully centering
it in the canister.
4. Inspect element and gasket for damage.
–UN–01FEB08
5. Air restriction indicator will not signal correctly if an
element has a break or is not correctly sealed in air
cleaner housing. Throw away element that has the
slightest damage. If gasket is broken or missing, install
TX1035632A
a new element.
6. If air filter restriction indicator is lit, replace filter

elements.
1—Clips (3 used)
2—Primary Element
3—Secondary Element
MB60223,0000012 –19–04FEB08–1/1
3-3-11 101008
PN=130
Clean or Replace Air Cleaner Elements—Tier

2 and Non-Regulated Engines
2. Remove air cleaner cover by releasing clips (1).
–UN–04SEP02
3. Remove primary element (2).
T159080B
engine damage.
Install a new primary element:
1. If the element shows damage.

2. If element will not clean.
Install a new secondary element (3):
–UN–04SEP02
1. If the primary element is damaged
and needs to be replaced.
T159081B
2. If the element is visibly dirty.

it in the canister.
4. Inspect element and gasket for damage.
–UN–04SEP02
5. Air restriction indicator will not signal correctly if an
element has a break or is not correctly sealed in air
cleaner housing. Throw away element that has the
slightest damage. If gasket is broken or missing, install
T159082B
a new element.
6. If air filter restriction indicator is lit, replace filter

elements.
1—Clips (3 used)
2—Primary Element
VD76477,0001746 –19–04FEB08–1/1
3-3-12 101008
PN=131
Inspect Belt
Inspect serpentine belt (A) for wear and damage. See

your authorized dealer for replacement.
–UN–01FEB08
A—Serpentine Belt
TX1035793A
–UN–13JUL00
T132357B
MB60223,0000013 –19–04FEB08–1/1
Grease MFWD Drive Shaft Splines—If

Equipped
IMPORTANT: Lubricate daily when machine is used in

mud.
–UN–08NOV99
Apply grease to lubrication fitting (1) until it escapes from
joint. See Grease. (Section 3-1.)
T125640B
1—Lubrication Fitting
CED,TX03768,2667 –19–16JAN08–1/1
3-3-13 101008
PN=132
Grease Non-Powered Front Wheel

Bearings—If Equipped
IMPORTANT: Lubricate daily when machine is used in

mud.
–UN–27JAN03
1. Remove plug and install lubrication fitting.
2. Grease with approximately five low pressure strokes of

grease. See Grease. (Section 3-1.)
T164479B
3. Remove lubrication fitting and install plug.
VD76477,00010F1 –19–17OCT06–1/1
3-3-14 101008
PN=133
Maintenance—Every 10 Hours or Daily
Check Hydraulic Reservoir Oil Level
NOTE: Check hydraulic oil level with machine parked on

a level surface. Check before starting engine, with
backhoe and stabilizers in transport position, and
front loader bucket lowered to ground.
–UN–02JAN03
Check when oil is cool.
Sight glass decal has a scale for proper level of
T163385B
oil.
1. Stop engine. Allow time for hydraulic oil to cool.

1—Sight Glass
2. Check oil level in sight glass (1). Oil level should be in
mid-range of decal.
VD76477,000113A –19–08FEB08–1/2
Adding Oil to the Hydraulic Reservoir
1. If oil is below operating range in ADD range, remove

fill cap (B) and add oil.
–UN–05FEB08
2. Install fill cap.
B—Fill Cap
TX1035639A
Tier 3
–UN–13JUL00
T131716D

VD76477,000113A –19–08FEB08–2/2
3-4-1 101008
PN=134
Check Engine Oil Level
IMPORTANT: Prevent possible engine damage. DO

NOT run engine when oil level is below
the ADD mark.
–UN–01FEB08
The most accurate oil level reading is obtained when
engine is cold before operation.
TX1035641A
1. Park machine on a level surface. Engage park brake.
CAUTION: Prevent serious injury or death from Tier 3

unexpected machine movement. Always install
the loader boom service lock, or lower the front
loader boom fully to the ground, and move
control levers to release hydraulic pressure
before working near the front of the machine.
–UN–01FEB08
2. Raise front loader boom and install loader boom
service lock.
3. Stop engine.
TX1035651A
4. Fully open engine hood.
5. Remove engine oil dipstick (1) and check oil level. Tier 2 and Non-Regulated Engines
BEFORE THE ENGINE IS STARTED: Engine is full

when oil level is within cross-hatched area (3). It is 3
acceptable to run engine as long as oil level is above
the ADD mark. ADD FULL
AFTER THE ENGINE HAS BEEN RUN: Allow oil to
–UN–29JAN08
drain into oil pan for 10 minutes before checking the oil
level. Ten minutes after shutdown, oil level must be
above the ADD mark.
TX1035644
6. Remove engine oil fill cap (2) and add oil as
necessary. See Diesel Engine Oil. (Section 3-1.)
7. Check oil level and add oil as necessary. 1—Engine Oil Dipstick
2—Engine Oil Fill Cap
3—Cross-Hatched Area
VD76477,0001131 –19–28JAN08–1/1
3-4-2 101008
PN=135
Check Coolant Level
CAUTION: Prevent possible injury from hot

spraying coolant. Remove surge tank cap only
when cool enough to touch with bare hands.
Then loosen cap slowly to stop so pressure is
–UN–23AUG88
released from system before removing cap.
1. With engine cold, coolant level must be between MAX

COLD and MIN COLD marks on coolant surge tank
TS281
(1).
2. If coolant is below MIN COLD mark, add coolant to

surge tank.
3. If surge tank is empty, check for leaks and repair as

necessary. Add coolant at surge tank cap. See Diesel
Engine Coolant. (Section 3-1.)
–UN–01FEB08
1—Coolant Surge Tank
TX1035648A
Tier 3 Engine
–UN–25OCT06
TX1014056A
VD76477,00010FB –19–08FEB08–1/1
3-4-3 101008
PN=136
Grease Loader Pivots
NOTE: Machines equipped with synthetic bushings do not

require lubrication.
–UN–06JAN06
Apply grease to lubrication fittings until it escapes from
joints. See Grease. (Section 3-1.)
TX1002222A
6 Points—-Left Side Shown
–UN–16MAY06
TX1007733A
5 Points
–UN–12SEP00
T132372B
2 Points--Left Side Shown

VD76477,00010EC –19–14DEC06–1/1
3-4-4 101008
PN=137
Grease 4-in-1 Bucket Pivots—If Equipped

–UN–12SEP00
T132372C
4 Points—Left Side Shown
CED,OUO1079,581 –19–16APR02–1/1
Grease Stabilizer Pivots and Cylinder Pins

–UN–13JUL00
T132374B
4 points—Left Side Shown
OUO1079,000025C –19–16APR02–1/1
3-4-5 101008
PN=138
Grease Backhoe Linkage, Pivots, and Cylinder Rod Ends
–UN–07NOV00
T131781C
3 Points—Optional Cab Shown
–UN–13JUL00
T132381B
3 points
–UN–25OCT06
–UN–18JUL00
TX1014109A
T132375B
11 points—Right Side Shown 6 Points--Right Side Shown

VD76477,00010EE –19–24OCT06–1/1
3-4-6 101008
PN=139
Grease Loader Quick Coupler—If Equipped

–UN–20DEC04
T206365A
HG31779,000005F –19–20DEC06–1/1
3-4-7 101008
PN=140
Grease Non-Powered Front Axle and

Steering Pivots
Apply grease to lubrication fittings on steering pivots until

it escapes from joints.
Apply 2 pumps of grease to lubrication fitting on right side

of frame to lubricate axle oscillating pivot.
See Grease. (Section 3-1.)
–UN–20DEC02
T163182B
–UN–20JAN06
TX1002243A
1 Point
VD76477,00010ED –19–20DEC06–1/1
3-4-8 101008
PN=141
Grease MFWD Front Axle and Universal

Joints—If Equipped

joint.
–UN–17SEP02
See Grease. (Section 3-1.)
T132373C
HG31779,00001DA –19–24JAN03–1/1
Grease Backhoe Coupler Mechanical Jack (If

Equipped)
Apply grease to each lubrication fitting until it escapes

from the joint.
–UN–23APR07
TX1022469A
2 Points
VD76477,00014ED –19–19APR07–1/1
3-4-9 101008
PN=142
Check Transmission Oil Level

–UN–01FEB08
1. Run engine for 3 minutes to warm transmission oil.
TX1035656A
Park machine on a level surface. Move Transmission
Control Lever (TCL) to NEUTRAL. Engage park brake.
Tier 3 Engine
2. With engine running at slow idle, turn handle of
transmission dipstick (1) counterclockwise and remove.
NOTE: Normal hot oil can be above full mark.
3. Check oil level on dipstick. If oil is not within operating
–UN–01FEB08
range, add oil through dipstick tube. See Transmission,
Axles, and Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Oil.
(Section 3-1.)
TX1035657A
4. Install transmission dipstick and turn handle clockwise
to tighten.

1—Transmission Dipstick
VD76477,0001133 –19–05FEB08–1/1
Grease Backhoe Coupler Fittings (If

Equipped)
Apply grease to each lubrication fitting until it escapes

from the joint.
–UN–23APR07
TX1022471A
1 Point Each Side—Left Side Shown
VD76477,00014EE –19–05APR07–1/1
3-5-1 101008
PN=143
Maintenance—Initial Service - 250 Hours
Change Engine Break-In Oil and Replace
Filter

–UN–04FEB08
TX1035717A
1. Run engine to warm oil. Park machine on a level
surface. Engage park brake. Stop engine.
Tier 3 Engine Oil Filter
2. Remove engine oil drain plug (1). Allow oil to drain into
a container.
3. Using a suitable filter wrench, turn engine oil filter (2)

counterclockwise and remove from base. Clean
mounting surfaces of base as necessary. Dispose of
–UN–01FEB08
waste oil properly.
4. Apply a thin film of oil to sealing ring on new engine oil

filter, and install by turning new filter clockwise by hand
TX1035718A
until gasket touches mounting surface. Torque an
additional 1/2—3/4 turn with filter wrench.
5. Install engine oil drain plug. Tier 3 Engine Oil Drain Plug
6. Remove engine oil fill cap (3) and fill engine with oil to
specification. See Diesel Engine Oil. (Section 3-1.)
Specification
Engine Oil—Capacity .......................................................................... 13 L
–UN–01FEB08
3.5 gal
IMPORTANT: Before starting engine after a filter

change, crank engine for 10 seconds
TX1035731A
without starting to fill new engine oil
filter and pre-lubricate the turbocharger,
if equipped.
7. Run engine for 2 minutes and then stop engine. Check
for leaks around drain plug and filter, and tighten as
necessary. Check oil level. See Check Engine Oil
Level. (Section 3-4.)
1—Engine Oil Drain Plug
2—Engine Oil Filter
–UN–01FEB08

TX1035729A
Tier 2 and Non-Regulated Engines Shown
VD76477,00010F2 –19–04FEB08–1/1
3-6-1 101008
PN=144
Check MFWD Planetary Housing Oil—If
Equipped
1. Rotate housing until OIL LEVEL line (B) is horizontal

and fill plug (A) is above line as shown.
–UN–21NOV96
NOTE: If oil level is low, use HY-GARD oil to fill to proper
level.
2. Remove plug and check that oil is filled to bottom of
T105325
plug hole.
3. Add oil to plug hole if necessary. See Transmission,

A—MFWD Planetary Housing Oil Fill Plug
B—Oil Level Line
(Section 3-1.)
4. Install plug.
5. Repeat procedure for opposite side wheel.
VD76477,000127B –19–14DEC06–1/1
Check MFWD Axle Oil Level—If Equipped
1. Remove plug (1) to check oil level. Oil should be filled

to bottom of plug.
–UN–06JAN06
NOTE: If oil level is low, use HY-GARD oil to fill to proper
level.
2. Add oil, as necessary, through plug hole. See
TX1002262A
Transmission, Axles, and Mechanical Front Wheel
Drive (MFWD) Oil. (Section 3-1.)
3. Install plug.
1—Plug
VD76477,000127C –19–07MAR07–1/1
3-7-1 101008
PN=145
Check Battery Electrolyte Level and

Terminals
CAUTION: Battery gas can explode. Keep

sparks and flames away from batteries. Use a
flashlight to check battery electrolyte level.
NEVER check battery charge by placing a metal

object across the posts. Use a voltmeter or
hydrometer.
ALWAYS remove grounded (-) battery clamp

first and replace it last.
Sulfuric acid in battery electrolyte is poisonous.

It is strong enough to burn skin, eat holes in
clothing, and cause blindness if splashed into
eyes.
Avoid the hazard by:
–UN–23AUG88
1. Filling batteries in a well-ventilated area.
2. Wearing eye protection and rubber gloves.
3. Avoiding breathing fumes when electrolyte is
TS203
added.
4. Avoiding spilling or dripping electrolyte.
5. Use proper jump start procedure.
If you spill acid on yourself:
1. Flush your skin with water.

2. Apply baking soda or lime to help neutralize
the acid.
3. Flush your eyes with water for 15—30
minutes. Get medical attention immediately.
If acid is swallowed:
1. Do not induce vomiting.

2. Drink large amounts of water or milk, but do
not exceed 1.9 L (2 quarts).
3. Get medical attention immediately.
1. Remove battery box cover.
Continued on next page TX,75,DH1574 –19–28APR93–1/3
3-7-2 101008
PN=146
IMPORTANT: If water is added to batteries during

freezing weather, batteries must be
charged after water is added to prevent
batteries from freezing. Charge battery
using a battery charger or by running
the engine.
–UN–09SEP03
2. Fill each cell to within specified range with distilled
water. DO NOT overfill.
T6996DB
CAUTION: Prevent possible injury. ALWAYS
remove grounded (—) battery clamp first and
replace it last.
3. Disconnect battery clamps, grounded clamp first.
A—Battery Post
B—Fill Tube
–UN–09SEP03
C—Electrolyte Level Range
T6996DA
TX,75,DH1574 –19–28APR93–2/3
4. Clean battery terminals (A) and clamps with a stiff

brush.
5. Apply lubricating grease (B) around battery terminal

base only.
–UN–21OCT88
6. Install and tighten clamps, grounded clamp last.
T6758AA
TX,75,DH1574 –19–28APR93–3/3
3-7-3 101008
PN=147
Check Rear Axle Oil Level
NOTE: If the backhoe has been run in high-speed

transport, wait 30 minutes for the axle oil level to
stabilize before checking oil.
–UN–30MAR07
1. Move machine onto level ground.
2. Remove rear axle oil level plug (1). Oil should run out
TX1021377A
of plug hole if the oil level is correct.
3. If oil level is not correct, add oil as necessary. See

Drive (MFWD) Oil. (Section 3-1.) 1—Rear Axle Oil Level Plug
4. Install plug.
VD76477,00014E9 –19–11APR07–1/1
3-7-4 101008
PN=148
Check Coolant and Add Conditioner
CAUTION: Explosive release of fluids from

pressurized cooling system can cause serious
burns.
–UN–23AUG88
Remove surge tank cap only when engine is
cold or when cool enough to touch with bare
hands. Slowly loosen surge tank cap to relieve
pressure before removing completely.
TS281
IMPORTANT: John Deere Liquid Coolant Conditioner
does not protect against freezing.
Coolant conditioner prevents rust,
scale, and liner cavitation.
NOTE: Test coolant every 500 hours or 6 months, or

when replacing 1/3 or more of coolant. Add
–UN–01FEB08
coolant conditioner as necessary.
1. Remove surge tank cap (1) and test coolant solution.

Use one of the following kits to check coolant:
TX1035875A
1—Surge Tank Cap
Tier 3 Engine
–UN–25OCT06
TX1014056A
VD76477,000113D –19–08FEB08–1/3
–UN–13AUG97
T111110
Continued on next page VD76477,000113D –19–08FEB08–2/3
3-8-1 101008
PN=149
• 3-Way Heavy Duty Coolant Test Kit (TY16175): Coolant

test strips provide an effective method to check freeze
point and additive levels of engine coolant. See your
authorized dealer for 3-Way Heavy Duty Coolant Test
Kit and follow instructions on kit.
–UN–13AUG97
• COOLSCAN PLUS: For a more thorough
evaluation of coolant, perform COOLSCAN PLUS
analysis, where available. See your authorized
dealer for information about COOLSCAN PLUS.
T111109
2. Add TY16004 John Deere Coolant Conditioner or
equivalent non-chromate conditioner/rust inhibitor as
necessary. Follow instructions on container for
amount.
Tier 3 Engine —Specification

Cooling System—Standard
Machine—Capacity........................................................................... 24.6 L
6.5 gal
Cooling System—Machine
Equipped with Cab Heater—
Capacity ............................................................................................... 27 L
7.1 gal
Tier 2 and Non-Regulated Engines—Specification

Cooling System—Standard
Machine—Capacity.............................................................................. 21 L
5.5 gal
Cooling System—Machine
Equipped with Cab Heater—
Capacity ............................................................................................... 25 L
6.6 gal
3. Install cap.
COOLSCAN PLUS is a trademark of Deere & Company VD76477,000113D –19–08FEB08–3/3
3-8-2 101008
PN=150
Check Air Intake Hose
1. Check engine air intake hose (A) for cracks and

replace as necessary.
–UN–01FEB08
2. Check for loose connections and tighten hose clamps
as necessary.
A—Engine Air Intake Hose
TX1035788A
Tier 3 Engine
–UN–13JUL00
T132459B
VD76477,000174D –19–04FEB08–1/1
Check Boom-to-Dipperstick Pin Bolt Torque
Check torque on the backhoe boom-to-dipperstick pivot

pin bolt (A). Torque the cap screw to specification.
Specification
–UN–30AUG00
Backhoe Boom-to-Dipperstick
Pivot Pin Bolt—Torque ................................................................. 620 N•m
460 lb-ft
T133574B
A—Backhoe Boom-to-Dipperstick Pivot Pin Bolt
CED,OUO1079,443 –19–14DEC06–1/1
3-8-3 101008
PN=151
Change Engine Oil and Replace Filter
IMPORTANT: If fuel sulfur content exceeds 0.5

percent, change engine oil at 1/2 the
normal interval.
–UN–04FEB08
1. Run engine to warm oil. Park machine on a level
surface. Engage park brake. Stop engine.
TX1035717A
2. Remove engine oil drain plug (1). Allow oil to drain into
a container. Dispose of waste oil properly.
3. Using a suitable filter wrench, turn engine oil filter (2) Tier 3 (Oil Filter)
counterclockwise and remove from base. Clean
mounting surfaces of base as necessary.
4. Apply a thin film of oil to sealing ring on new filter, and

turn new filter clockwise by hand until gasket touches
mounting surface. Torque an additional 1/2—3/4 turn
–UN–01FEB08
with filter wrench.
5. Install engine oil drain plug.
TX1035718A
6. Remove engine oil fill cap (3) and fill engine with oil to
specification. See Diesel Engine Oil. (Section 3-1.)
Install cap.
Tier 3 (Drain Plug)
Specification
Engine Oil—Capacity .......................................................................... 13 L
3.5 gal
IMPORTANT: Before starting engine after a filter

change, crank engine for 10 seconds
–UN–01FEB08
without starting to fill new engine oil
filter and pre-lubricate the turbocharger,
if equipped.
TX1035731A
7. Run engine for 2 minutes and then stop engine. Check
for leaks around drain plug and filter, and tighten as
necessary. Check oil level. See Check Engine Oil
Level. (Section 3-4.)
1—Engine Oil Drain Plug
2—Engine Oil Filter
–UN–01FEB08
TX1035729A
Tier 2 and Non-Regulated Engines Shown
VD76477,00010F3 –19–04FEB08–1/1
3-8-4 101008
PN=152
Replace Primary and Final Fuel Filters—Tier

3 Engine
1. Thoroughly clean primary and final fuel filters, water

separator assembly, and surrounding area.
2. Turn retaining ring (1) counterclockwise and remove

primary fuel filter element (2).
3. Disconnect water-in-fuel sensor (9).
–UN–08FEB08
final fuel filter element (8).
5. Remove water separator bowl (3) from primary fuel
TX1036474A
filter. Drain and clean separator bowl.
6. Install water separator bowl onto new primary fuel filter

element. Tighten securely.
NOTE: The fuel filter must be indexed properly and the

key on canister must be oriented in slot of
mounting base for correct installation.
–UN–06JAN06
7. Clean filter base (4) and thoroughly inspect filter base
seal ring. Replace as needed.
NOTE: Do not attempt to turn filter element into base.
TX10022310A
8. Install new primary and final fuel elements by aligning
vertical locators (6) into slots (5) on filter base. Push
filter elements up firmly until filter snaps against base.
1—Retaining Ring
2— Primary Fuel Filter Element
9. Turn retaining ring clockwise onto filter base until 3—Water Separator Bowl
retaining ring clicks tightly into place. 4—Filter Base
5—Slots
10. Connect water-in-fuel sensor. 6—Vertical Locators
7—Retaining Ring
8—Final Fuel Filter Element
11. To prime the fuel system turn the key switch to the 9—Water-in-Fuel Sensor
ON position and wait 60 seconds. 10—Bleed Screw
VD76477,000174A –19–08FEB08–1/1
3-8-5 101008
PN=153
Replace Fuel Filter—Tier 2 and

Non-Regulated Engines
–UN–06JAN06
filter element (2). Allow sediment to drain into a
container.
TX1002309A
2. Remove water separator assembly (3) from old filter
element. Drain and clean separator assembly. Install
assembly on new filter element.
3. Clean filter base (4).
NOTE: Do not attempt to turn filter element into base.
4. Install new fuel element by aligning vertical locators (5)
–UN–06JAN06
into slots (6) on filter base. Push filter element up firmly
until filter snaps against base.
5. Turn retaining ring clockwise into filter base until
TX10022310A
retaining ring clicks tightly into place.
6. Loosen bleed screw (7) by turning knob

counterclockwise.
1—Retaining Ring
2—Filter Element
7. Operate primer lever (8) until fuel flow from bleed 3—Water Separator Assembly
screw is free of air bubbles. 4—Filter Base
5—Slots
NOTE: If there is no fuel flow, push primer lever toward 6—Vertical Locators
7—Bleed Screw
engine and turn crankshaft using starter motor to
8—Primer Lever
reposition camshaft. Repeat step 7.
8. Tighten bleed screw.
9. Push primer lever toward engine as far as possible.
VD76477,000117D –19–04FEB08–1/1
3-8-6 101008
PN=154
Clean Engine Crankcase Ventilation Tube—

Tier 3 Engine
Remove vent tube (A) and clean interior using diesel fuel.
–UN–01FEB08
A—Vent Tube
TX1035877A
Tier 3 Engine
VD76477,0000002 –19–08FEB08–1/1
3-8-7 101008
PN=155
Clean, Pack, and Adjust Front Wheel Bearings—Non-Powered
5
1
2 6
7 9
8
–UN–23AUG02
10
4
T158732
T158732
1—Seal Ring 4—O-Ring 7—Thrust Washer 9—Wheel Hub Cover

2—Bearing Cone 5—Stud 8—Cap Screw (3 used) 10—Wheel Hub Cover Plug
3—Wheel Hub 6—Bearing Cone
1. Raise machine and install jack stands so front 6. Remove and inspect wheel hub (3) with bearing
wheels are off ground. cups. To replace bearing cups, place wheel hub on
flat surface and drive bearing cups out with a
hammer and driver.
CAUTION: Prevent injury from falling
components. Secure wheel hub (3) with a lift
IMPORTANT: Removing seal ring (1) will destroy
strap before removing any components.
it. Do not remove seal ring unless
damage is noted.
2. Remove wheel.
7. Remove bearing cone (2) using wedges.
3. Remove wheel hub cover plug (10) and remove
wheel hub cover (9) using wedges. Remove and
8. Clean all dirt and grease from bearings, spindle and
inspect O-ring (4), replace if necessary.
hub assembly.
4. Remove three cap screws (8) and thrust washer
9. Inspect grease seals for damage or hardened lips
(7).
and replace as necessary.
5. Remove wheel bearing (6).
Continued on next page VD76477,00010EF –19–21DEC06–1/2
3-9-1 101008
PN=156
10. Pack bearings and coat seal lips with John Deere 15. Grease and install O-ring (4) on wheel hub cover
Multi-Purpose Grease or equivalent. (9). Drive wheel hub cover into wheel hub.
11. Install bearing cone (2) on spindle using a 16. Install hub cover plug (10) and tighten to
hammer and driver. specification.
12. Install wheel hub (3) on spindle. Specification

Wheel Hub Cover Plug—
Torque...................................................................................... 15 N•m
13. Install bearing cone (6) to hub and spindle. 133 lb-in
14. Apply TY9371 LOCTITE to cap screws (8). 17. Install wheel and repeat process for other side.
Position thrust washer (7) on spindle in hub and
install cap screws (8). Torque cap screws to
specification.
Specification
Thrust Plate Cap Screws—
Torque.................................................................................... 120 N•m
89 lb-ft
LOCTITE is a trademark of Loctite Corp. VD76477,00010EF –19–21DEC06–2/2
Clean Engine Crankcase Ventilation Tube—

Remove vent tube (A) and clean interior using diesel fuel.
A—Vent Tube
–UN–21NOV96
T105323
MB60223,000000F –19–08FEB08–1/1
3-9-2 101008
PN=157
Replace Hydraulic Reservoir Breather
1. Open engine hood. Remove cap screws (A) and move

loader mast cover (B) aside. Take care not to damage
hose attached to bottom of windshield washer nozzle
(C).
–UN–13JUL00
2. Remove hydraulic reservoir breather (D).
NOTE: Avoid dripping hydraulic oil. Do not reroute
T132464B
hydraulic reservoir breather hoses.
3. Install new hydraulic reservoir breather with arrow

pointing toward reservoir.
4. Install loader mast cover and cap screws. Close engine

hood.
–UN–13JUL00
B—Loader Mast Cover
C—Windshield Washer Nozzle
D—Hydraulic Reservoir Breather
T132462B
CED,OUO1079,582 –19–25AUG00–1/1
Check Engine Speed
1. Warm engine to normal operating temperature.
2. Use tachometer (1) to check engine speeds:
–UN–25OCT06
Specification
Slow Idle—Speed ................................................................ 900 ± 25 rpm
Fast Idle (Using Speed Control
Pedal or Lever)—Speed ..................................................... 2375 ± 25 rpm
TX1014116A
1—Tachometer
VD76477,0001140 –19–24OCT06–1/1
3-9-3 101008
PN=158
Replace Engine Air Cleaner Elements—Tier 3
Inspect elements when air filter restriction indicator lights.
1. Open hood.
–UN–01FEB08
2. Unfasten clips (1) and remove air cleaner cover.
IMPORTANT: Remove elements gently to avoid
TX1035630A
dislodging dust from the elements.
3. Slide primary element (2) and secondary element (3)

out to remove.
4. Clean inside of air cleaner and outlet tube.
5. Install new secondary element and primary element.

Ensure that each element is properly centered and
–UN–01FEB08
seated.
6. Install air cleaner cover. Fasten clips.
TX1035631A
1—Clips (3 used)
2—Primary Element
–UN–01FEB08
TX1035632A
MB60223,000000C –19–30JAN08–1/1
3-9-4 101008
PN=159
Replace Engine Air Cleaner Elements—Tier 2

and Non-Regulated Engine
Inspect elements when air filter restriction indicator lights.
–UN–30AUG00
1. Open hood.
2. Unfasten clips (A) and remove air cleaner cover.
T133589B
IMPORTANT: Remove elements gently to avoid
dislodging dust from the elements.
3. Slide primary element (B) and secondary element (C)

out to remove.
4. Clean inside of air cleaner and outlet tube.
5. Install new secondary element and primary element.
–UN–30AUG00
Ensure that each element is properly centered and
seated.
6. Install air cleaner cover with dust unloader valve
T133590B
pointed down. Fasten clips.
A—Clip (3 used)
B—Primary Element
C—Secondary Element
–UN–30AUG00
T133591B
VD76477,0001748 –19–04FEB08–1/1
3-9-5 101008
PN=160
Replace Hydraulic Oil Filter
1. Turn hydraulic oil filter (A) counterclockwise and

remove.
2. Apply film of oil to sealing ring on new hydraulic oil

filter and install. Turn hydraulic oil filter clockwise until
sealing ring touches mounting surface, then tighten an
additional 3/4-to-one turn with a suitable filter wrench.
3. Check hydraulic oil level.
4. Start engine and run for 2 minutes to allow hydraulic oil

filter to fill with oil and to purge air from charge circuit.
–UN–24OCT00
5. Stop engine and check hydraulic oil level. See Check
Hydraulic Reservoir Oil Level. (Section 3-4.)
T134790B
6. Check for leakage around hydraulic filter. Tighten just
enough to stop leaks, if necessary.
A—Hydraulic Oil Filter
VD76477,000131A –19–14DEC06–1/1
Replace Fuel Breather
2. Pull fuel breather (1) off hose.
–UN–29NOV06
3. Install new fuel breather with arrow on breather
pointing toward hose.
TX1015463A
1—Fuel Breather
Right Side of Tier 2 Engine Shown
VD76477,000114F –19–04FEB08–1/1
3-9-6 101008
PN=161
Change Transmission and Torque Converter

Oil and Replace Filter
NOTE: Only approximately 8.0—8.5 L of oil will drain.
–UN–09JAN06
It is intended that the remainder of oil will remain
in the cooler and torque converter.
1. Remove transmission drain plug (1) from bottom of
TX1002312A
transmission and drain oil into suitable container.
Dispose of waste properly.
Specification
Powershift Transmission Oil—
Capacity ............................................................................................... 15 L
4.0 gal
2. Install drain plug.
–UN–06JAN06
3. Turn transmission filter (2) counterclockwise and
remove.
4. Apply film of oil to sealing ring on new transmission oil
TX1002248
filter and install. Turn filter clockwise until sealing ring
touches mounting surface, then tighten an additional
3/4-to-one turn with a suitable filter wrench.
5. Turn handle of transmission dipstick (3)

counterclockwise and remove. Fill transmission with oil
through dipstick tube. See Transmission, Axles, and
Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Oil. (Section
3-1.)
–UN–01FEB08
6. Start engine and run for 3 minutes to purge air from
charge circuit.
TX1035778A
7. With engine running at slow idle, remove transmission
dipstick. Check transmission oil level and add oil
through dipstick tube as necessary. See Transmission, Tier 3 Engine
(Section 3-1.)
8. Install transmission dipstick and turn handle clockwise

to tighten.
1—Transmission Drain Plug
–UN–21FEB06
2—Transmission Filter
3—Transmission Dipstick
TX1004024A
VD76477,00010F0 –19–05FEB08–1/1
3-9-7 101008
PN=162
Adjust Engine Valve Lash (Clearance)
See your authorized dealer.
TX03679,00017DD –19–08MAY01–1/1
Change Hydraulic Reservoir Oil
1. Park machine on a level surface.
2. Move backhoe and stabilizers to transport position and
–UN–05FEB08
lower loader bucket to ground. Stop engine.
3. Remove hydraulic reservoir fill cap (B).
TX1035639A
4. Remove cap screw (C) and bracket (D). Route drain
hose (E) into a suitable container.
5. Remove cap (F) from end of drain hose and drain oil. Tier 3 Engine
Allow adequate time for oil to drain. Dispose of waste
oil properly.
Specification
Hydraulic Reservoir Oil—Capacity ...................................................... 37 L
9.8 gal
–UN–13JUL00
6. Replace hydraulic oil filter. See Replace Hydraulic Oil
Filter. (Section 3-9.)
7. Install cap on drain hose.
T131716D
8. Route drain hose for storage. Install bracket and cap
screw. Tier 2 and Non-regulated Engines
9. Refill hydraulic reservoir. See Transmission, Axles, and

3-1.)
10. Check oil level.
–UN–24OCT00
11. Install hydraulic reservoir fill cap.
B—Hydraulic Reservoir Fill Cap

T134809B
C—Cap Screw
D—Bracket
E—Drain Hose
F—Cap
MB60223,0000010 –19–04FEB08–1/1
3-10-1 101008
PN=163
Change MFWD Front Wheel Planetary

Housing Oil—If Equipped
1. Rotate wheel so drain plug (A) is at its lowest point,

remove plug and drain oil. Dispose of waste oil
properly.
–UN–02OCT90
Specification
MFWD Front Wheel Planetary
Housing Oil—Capacity .......................................................................... 1 L
T7371AP
1 qt
3. Rotate wheel so plug (A) is above OIL LEVEL line (B)

when line is horizontal.
4. Add oil to bottom of fill plug hole and install plug. See
–UN–21NOV96
Drive (MFWD) Oil. (Section 3-1.)
A—Plug
B—Oil Level Line
T105325
VD76477,000127D –19–16NOV06–1/1
3-10-2 101008
PN=164
Change MFWD Front Axle Housing Oil—If

Equipped
NOTE: Dispose of drain oil properly.
–UN–06JAN06
MFWD axle housing is filled with HY-GARD gear
oil at the factory. Fill MFWD axle housing with
HY-GARD oil to fill to proper level.
TX1002311A
1. Remove drain plug (1) to drain oil. Dispose of waste oil
properly.
Specification
MFWD Front Axle Housing Oil— 1—Drain Plug
Capacity .............................................................................................. 6.5 L 2—Fill Plug
1.7 gal
3. Remove fill plug (2) and add oil so it is level with

bottom of fill plug hole. See Transmission, Axles, and
3-1.)
4. Install fill plug.
VD76477,0001280 –19–20DEC06–1/1
3-10-3 101008
PN=165
Change Rear Axle and Planetary Housing Oil
NOTE: Dispose of waste oil properly.
1. Drain rear axle and both planetary housings oil into a
–UN–21FEB06
container using drain plugs (1 and 2). Install plugs.
Specification
Rear Axle and Planetary Housing
Oil—Capacity ....................................................................................... 18 L
TX1003130A
4.8 gal
2. Rotate wheel so plug (2) is above OIL LEVEL line (3)

Rear Axle Drain and Fill Plugs
when line is horizontal as shown.
3. Remove rear axle check and fill plug (4) and fill with oil
until level with bottom of fill plug hole. See Check Rear
Axle Oil Level. (Section 3-7.)
NOTE: It will take approximately 5 minutes for oil to settle

into outer housing when oil is warm.
4. Wait 5-10 minutes for oil to settle, then check level
–UN–06JAN06
again and add oil as necessary. If oil is cold, settle
time may increase.
5. Install all plugs.
TX1002260A
1—Rear Axle Drain Plug
2—Planetary Housing Drain and Fill Plug Planetary Drain And Fill Plug
3—Planetary Housing Oil Level Line
4—Rear Axle Check and Fill Plug
VD76477,000113F –19–11APR07–1/1
3-10-4 101008
PN=166
Miscellaneous—Machine
External Service Brake Inspection
Do first inspection at 5000 hours followed by 1000 hour

inspection intervals after the first 5000 hour inspection.
–UN–10JAN06
If the service brakes are subjected to severe duty, inspect
more frequently.
1. Inspect brakes for wear through the external inspection
TX1002474A
ports (1 and 2).
2. Remove axle housing and replace brake disc if oil

grooves (3) on facing material are no longer visible. Right Rear Wheel External Inspection Port
1—Right Rear Wheel External Inspection Port

2—Left Rear Wheel External Inspection Port
3—Oil Grooves
–UN–10JAN06
TX1002475A
Left Rear Wheel External Inspection Port
–UN–10JAN06
TX1002476A
VD76477,0001222 –19–06NOV06–1/1
4-1-1 101008
PN=167
Inspecting and Cleaning Dusty Secondary

and Primary Element

engine damage.
–UN–10NOV88
Install new elements:
• If the element shows damage and

needs to be replaced.
T90684
• If element is visibly dirty and will not
clean.
• After 1000 hours service or annually.

–UN–09NOV88
it in the canister.
1. Tap element with the palm of your hand, NOT ON A

HARD SURFACE.
T47764
CAUTION: Reduce compressed air to less than
210 kPa (2.1 bar) (30 psi) when using for
cleaning purposes. Clear area of bystanders,
guard against flying chips, and wear personal
protection equipment including eye protection.
2. If this does not remove dust, use compressed air under

210 kPa (2.1 bar) (30 psi).
NOTE: Air restriction indicator will not signal correctly if

an element has a break or is not correctly sealed
in air cleaner housing. Throw away element that
has the slightest damage. If gasket is broken or
missing, install a new element.
3. Direct air up and down the pleats from inside to

outside. Be careful not to make a break in the element.
TX03679,00017E3 –19–08FEB07–1/1
4-1-2 101008
PN=168
Check Receiver-Dryer—If Equipped
IMPORTANT: Prevent possible compressor damage. If

moisture sight glass color indicates wet
(pink), dryer is saturated and should be
changed within the next 100 machine
–UN–26JUL02
hours to prevent further buildup of
moisture in refrigerant.
1. Open hood.
T158049B
2. Check color in moisture sight glass (A). Color should
be blue, indicating that refrigerant is dry.
A—Moisture Sight Glass
B—Air Bubble Sight Glass
3. Check air bubble sight glass (B) for air bubbles. No air
bubbles, or few air bubbles, should be visible.
4. If moisture sight glass shows wet (pink), or if excessive

air bubbles are visible, see your authorized dealer
within the next 100 machine hours to service the
receiver-dryer.
HG31779,00000BF –19–26JUL02–1/1
4-1-3 101008
PN=169
Checking Coolant Hoses and Radiator
Check upper radiator hose (1) and lower radiator hose (2)
for cracks and leaks. Tighten hose clamps at each end of
hoses as necessary.
–UN–01FEB08
Check radiator for dirt, damage, leaks, and loose or
broken mountings. Clean radiator fins.
1—Upper Radiator Hose
TX1035770A
2—Lower Radiator Hose
Tier 3 Engine
–UN–10JAN06
TX1002477A
–UN–04FEB08
TX1035798A
Tier 3 Engine
–UN–26OCT06
TX1014134A
VD76477,0001143 –19–04FEB08–1/1
4-1-4 101008
PN=170
Draining the Cooling System—Tier 3 Engine
–UN–10JAN06
–UN–23AUG88
TX1002480A
TS281
burns.
Shut off engine. Remove filler cap only when
–UN–10JAN06
cool enough to touch with bare hands. Slowly
loosen cap to relieve pressure before removing
completely.
TX1002481A
NOTE: Drain and flush cooling system every 5000 hours
using clean water, and refill with new coolant.
Specification
Cooling System—Capacity—
Standard Machine ............................................................................ 24.6 L
6.5 gal
Machine Equipped With Cab
Heater .................................................................................................. 27 L
–UN–01FEB08
7.1 gal
1. Open air bleed plug (3) on thermal bypass valve

assembly until cross drill in plug is visible.
TX1035823A
2. Open valve (4) on bottom of radiator 3 turns.
3. Connect a hose to radiator drain valve (1) on radiator.
1—Radiator Drain Valve

2—Engine Block Coolant Drain Valve
3—Air Bleed Plug
4—Valve
–UN–05FEB08
TX1035800A
4-1-5 101008
PN=171
4. Turn radiator drain valve counterclockwise to open

valve. Allow coolant to drain into a container. Dispose
of waste properly.
5. Connect a hose to engine block coolant drain valve (2).
6. Turn engine block coolant drain valve counterclockwise

to open valve. Allow coolant to drain into a container.
7. Turn both drain valves clockwise to close valves and

remove hoses.
8. Close the air bleed plug and valve on bottom of

radiator.
VD76477,0001754 –19–04FEB08–2/2
4-1-6 101008
PN=172
Draining the Cooling System—Tier 2 and Non-Regulated Engines
–UN–10JAN06
–UN–23AUG88
TX1002480A
TS281
burns.
Shut off engine. Remove filler cap only when
–UN–10JAN06
cool enough to touch with bare hands. Slowly
loosen cap to relieve pressure before removing
completely.
TX1002481A
NOTE: Drain and flush cooling system every 5000 hours
using clean water, and refill with new coolant.
Specification
Standard Machine ............................................................................... 21 L
5.5 gal
Heater .................................................................................................. 25 L
–UN–17NOV06
6.6 gal

TX1014135A
3. Connect a hose to radiator drain valve (1) on radiator.
1—Radiator Drain Valve

2—Engine Block Coolant Drain Valve
3—Air Bleed Plug
4—Valve
–UN–26OCT06
5—Surge Tank Cap

TX1014137A
4-1-7 101008
PN=173
4. Turn radiator drain valve counterclockwise to open

valve. Allow coolant to drain into a container. Dispose
of waste properly.
5. Connect a hose to engine block coolant drain valve (2).
6. Turn engine block coolant drain valve counterclockwise

to open valve. Allow coolant to drain into a container.
7. Turn both drain valves clockwise to close valves and

remove hoses.
8. Close the air bleed plug and valve on bottom of

radiator.
VD76477,0001755 –19–01FEB08–2/2
4-1-8 101008
PN=174
Filling the Cooling System—Tier 3 Engine

spraying fluid. DO NOT remove surge tank cap
unless the engine is cool. Release all pressure
before removing cap.
–UN–23AUG88
Specification
Standard Machine ............................................................................ 24.6 L
6.5 gal
TS281
Heater .................................................................................................. 27 L
7.1 gal

–UN–01FEB08
3. Remove surge tank cap (5). Fill tank until coolant stays
between MIN COLD and MAX COLD marks.
TX1035823A
4. Close valve and air bleed plug.
5. Run tractor at 1200 RPM for 2 minutes and top off

coolant.
6. Close surge tank cap.
IMPORTANT: Use only permanent-type low silicate,
–UN–05FEB08
ethylene glycol base antifreeze in
coolant solution. Other types of
antifreeze may damage cylinder seals.
TX1035800A
NOTE: All machines are shipped from the factory with a
50-50 mixture for protection to —34°C (—30°F).
Adjust mixture accordingly to provide freeze
protection for your machine.
FREEZING TEMPERATURES: Fill with permanent-type

low silicate, ethylene glycol antifreeze (without stop-leak
additive) and clean, soft water. Add TY16004 John Deere
Coolant Conditioner or equivalent.
–UN–01FEB08
3—Air Bleed Plug

4—Valve
5—Surge Tank Cap
TX1035828A
VD76477,0001758 –19–06FEB08–1/1
4-1-9 101008
PN=175
Filling the Cooling System—Tier 2 and

Non-Regulated Engines

spraying fluid. DO NOT remove surge tank cap
unless the engine is cool. Release all pressure
–UN–23AUG88
before removing cap.
Specification
TS281
Standard Machine ............................................................................... 21 L
5.5 gal
Heater .................................................................................................. 25 L
6.6 gal

–UN–17NOV06
3. Remove surge tank cap (5). Fill tank until coolant stays
TX1014135A
between MIN COLD and MAX COLD marks.
4. Close valve and air bleed plug.
5. Run tractor at 1200 RPM for 2 minutes and top off

coolant.
6. Close surge tank cap.
–UN–26OCT06
IMPORTANT: Use only permanent-type low silicate,
ethylene glycol base antifreeze in
coolant solution. Other types of
antifreeze may damage cylinder seals.
TX1014137A
NOTE: All machines are shipped from the factory with a
50-50 mixture for protection to —34°C (—30°F).
Adjust mixture accordingly to provide freeze 3—Air Bleed Plug
protection for your machine. 4—Valve
5—Surge Tank Cap
FREEZING TEMPERATURES: Fill with permanent-type
low silicate, ethylene glycol antifreeze (without stop-leak
additive) and clean, soft water. Add TY16004 John Deere
Coolant Conditioner or equivalent.
VD76477,0001187 –19–01FEB08–1/1
4-1-10 101008
PN=176
Do Not Service or Adjust Injection Nozzles or

Injection Pump
If injection nozzles are not working correctly or are dirty,

the engine will not run normally. See your authorized
dealer for service.
Changing the injection pump in any way not approved by

the manufacturer will end the warranty. See your copy of
the John Deere warranty on this machine.
Do not service an injection pump that is not operating

correctly. See your authorized injection pump service
center.
TX,90,FF3116 –19–19SEP08–1/1
Precautions for Alternator and Regulator
When batteries are connected, follow these rules: 6. Connect batteries or a booster battery in the correct
polarity (positive [+] to positive [+] and negative [—]
1. Disconnect negative (—) battery cable when you to negative [—]).
work on or near alternator or regulator.
7. Do not disconnect the batteries when engine is
2. DO NOT TRY TO POLARIZE ALTERNATOR OR running and alternator is charging.
REGULATOR.
8. Disconnect battery cables before you connect
3. Ensure alternator wires are correctly connected battery charger to the batteries.
BEFORE you connect batteries.
4. Do not ground alternator output terminal.
5. Do not disconnect or connect any alternator or

regulator wires while batteries are connected or
while alternator is operating.
T82,EXMA,I –19–16JAN08–1/1
4-1-11 101008
PN=177
Using Battery Charger

exploding battery. Do not charge a battery if the
battery is frozen or it may explode. Warm
battery to 16°C (60°F) before charging.
–UN–23AUG88
Turn off charger before connecting or
disconnecting it.
TS204
IMPORTANT: Do not use battery charger as a booster
if a battery has a 1.150 specific gravity
reading or lower.
Disconnect battery ground (-) clamp

before you charge batteries in the
machine to prevent damage to electrical
components.
A battery charger may be used as a booster to start

engine.
Ventilate the area where batteries are being charged.
–UN–07OCT88
Stop or cut back charging rate if battery case feels hot, or
is venting electrolyte. Battery temperature must not
exceed 52°C (125°F).
N36890
OUT4001,0000239 –19–30APR08–1/1
4-1-12 101008
PN=178
Using Booster Batteries—12-Volt System
–UN–24OCT91
–UN–24OCT91
T6508AE1
T6713AI1
Single-Battery Application Dual-Battery Application
A—Machine Battery(s) B—Booster Battery(s)
Before boost starting, machine must be properly shut 1. Connect one end of the positive cable to the
down and secured to prevent unexpected machine positive terminal of the machine batteries and the
movement when engine starts. other end to the positive terminal of the booster
batteries.
CAUTION: An explosive gas is produced
2. Connect one end of the negative cable to the
while batteries are in use or being charged.
negative terminal of the booster batteries. Then
Keep flames or sparks away from the battery
connect other end of the negative cable to the
area. Make sure the batteries are charged in
machine frame as far away from the machine
a well ventilated area.
batteries as possible.
Always remove grounded (—) battery clamp
3. Start engine.
first and replace it last.
IMPORTANT: The machine electrical system is a

12-volt negative (—) ground. Use
only 12-volt booster batteries.
Continued on next page CED,TX14826,12658 –19–12JUN00–1/2
4-1-13 101008
PN=179
4. Immediately after starting engine, disconnect end of 5. Disconnect positive cable from booster batteries
the negative cable from the machine frame and and machine batteries.
disconnect the other end of the negative cable from
the negative terminal of the booster batteries.
CED,TX14826,12658 –19–12JUN00–2/2
Using Booster Batteries—24-Volt System
Before boost starting, machine must be properly shut

down to prevent unexpected machine movement when
engine starts.
–UN–21MAY90
CAUTION: An explosive gas is produced while
batteries are in use or being charged. Keep
flames or sparks away from the battery area.
Make sure the batteries are charged in a well
T7233JN
ventilated area.
IMPORTANT: The machine electrical system is a A—Machine Batteries

24-volt negative (-) ground. Connect two B—Booster Batteries
12-volt booster batteries together as
shown for 24-volts.
1. Connect one end of the positive cable to the positive

terminal of the machine batteries (A) and the other end
to the positive terminal of the booster batteries (B).
2. Connect one end of the negative cable to the negative

terminal of the booster batteries. Connect the other
end of the negative cable to the machine frame as far
away from the machine batteries as possible.
3. Start engine.
4. Immediately after starting engine disconnect the end of

the negative cable from the machine frame. Then
disconnect the other end of the negative cable from the
negative terminal of the booster batteries.
5. Disconnect positive cable from booster batteries and

machine batteries.
OUT4001,0000238 –19–05OCT07–1/1
4-1-14 101008
PN=180
Handling, Checking and Servicing Batteries

Carefully
CAUTION: Battery gas can explode. Keep

sparks and flames away from batteries. Use a
flashlight to check battery electrolyte level.
–UN–23AUG88
Never check battery charge by placing a metal
object across the posts. Use a voltmeter or
hydrometer.
TS204
Always remove grounded (-) battery clamp first
and replace it last.
Sulfuric acid in battery electrolyte is poisonous.

It is strong enough to burn skin, eat holes in
clothing, and cause blindness if splashed into
eyes.
Avoid the hazard by:
1. Filling batteries in a well-ventilated area.

2. Wearing eye protection and rubber gloves.
3. Avoiding breathing fumes when electrolyte is
added.
4. Avoiding spilling or dripping electrolyte.
5. Use proper jump start procedure.
If you spill acid on yourself:
1. Flush your skin with water.

2. Apply baking soda or lime to help neutralize
the acid.
–UN–23AUG88
3. Flush your eyes with water for 15—30
minutes. Get medical attention immediately.
If acid is swallowed:
TS203
1. Do not induce vomiting.
2. Drink large amounts of water or milk, but do
not exceed 1.9 L (2 qt).
3. Get medical attention immediately.
WARNING: Battery posts, terminals, and related

accessories contain lead and lead compounds, chemicals
known to the State of California to cause cancer and
reproductive harm. Wash hands after handling.
Continued on next page TX03679,0001788 –19–16JAN08–1/3
4-1-15 101008
PN=181
If electrolyte spills on the floor, use one of the following

mixtures to neutralize the acid: 0.5 kg (1 lb) baking soda
in 4 L (1 gal) water, or 0.47 L (1 pt) household ammonia
in 4 L (1 gal) water.
IMPORTANT: Do not overfill the battery cells.
Check the specific gravity of electrolyte in each battery

cell.
TX03679,0001788 –19–16JAN08–2/3
See your authorized dealer for JT05460 SERVICEGARD

battery and coolant tester. Follow directions included with
the tester.
A fully charged battery will have a corrected specific

gravity reading of 1.260. If the reading is below 1.200,
–UN–10NOV88
charge the battery.
T85402
SERVICEGARD is a trademark of Deere & Company TX03679,0001788 –19–16JAN08–3/3
Replacing Batteries
Your machine may be equipped with one or two 12-volt

hybrid batteries with (—) negative ground. Use only
batteries meeting following specifications:
Cold Cranking Amps
–UN–23AUG88
Reserve
Capacity
-29°C (minutes at
Volts BCI Group -18°C (0°F) (-20°F) 25 amps) TS204
12 31 750 600 150
TX,90,BG212 –19–23DEC96–1/1
4-1-16 101008
PN=182
Removing Batteries
IMPORTANT: Check for worn or frayed wires and

loose or corroded connections.
NOTE: The toolbox must be removed to access the
–UN–14JUL00
battery box. Always empty the toolbox before
lifting it.
1. Remove cap screws (A) and lift toolbox out of battery
T132012C
box.
2. Disconnect negative (—) battery cables first, then

positive (+) cables.
3. Remove nuts, washers, and hold-down brackets (B).
4. Lift batteries out of battery box.
–UN–26JUL02
B—Hold-Down Bracket (1 or 2 used)
T158046B
Optional Dual-Battery Configuration Shown
HG31779,00000BD –19–26JUL02–1/1
4-1-17 101008
PN=183
JDLink Machine Monitoring System

(MMS)—If Equipped
JDLink is an equipment monitoring and information

delivery system. JDLink automatically collects and
manages information about where and how construction
and forestry equipment is being used, as well as critical
machine health data and service status.
There are two ways to identify if machine is equipped with

JDLink:
1. Check for the JDLink fuse in the designated fuse

location. (See section 4-1.)
2. Check that the JDLink controllers are installed. See
your authorized dealer.
CAUTION: Avoid serious injury or death from

an explosion hazard. This machine is equipped
with a radio frequency device. Do not store or
operate in an area, such as a blasting zone,
where the use of cellular phones or radio
frequency devices are prohibited.
To deactivate the system, remove the JDLink

unswitched power fuse.
For more information visit www.deere.com, browse to

Construction, Services and Support, JD Link.
JDLink is a trademark of Deere & Company VD76477,0001541 –19–28FEB08–1/1
4-1-18 101008
PN=184
JDLink Machine Monitoring System (MMS)

Direct Laptop Connection—If Equipped
• The location (2) of the direct laptop connector is in the

opening under the cab door.
–UN–22JUN07
• To download machine data using the JDLink MMS
Direct:
– Install the JDLink MMS Direct cable by inserting the
Ethernet connector into the laptop.
TX1025438A
– Connect the JDLink MMS Direct cable to the
vehicle 4-pin Deutsch connector (1).
– Launch JDLink MMS Direct Software.
315SJ Shown
• Contact your authorized dealer to obtain the JDLink
MMS Direct Kit (AT347680), which includes the
JDLink MMS Direct cable (AT335476) and software.
NOTE: On equipment using the JDLink Direct system,

there is no nightly upload to a remote server and
thus, the information is only stored in one
location—the controller. Without downloading the
controller data on a regular basis, the data could
be lost if the controller were to fail.
To obtain the most detailed machine data on your 1

laptop, you must perform a machine data
download every 1000 hrs or less.
–UN–20JUN07
1—4-pin Deutsch Connector
2—Location of Direct Connector
TX1025178
JDLink is a trademark of Deere & Company OUT4001,00002F2 –19–25JUN07–1/1
Replacing Fuses
The fuse block is located to the right of the operator’s seat

below the loader control lever.
–UN–26OCT06
TX1013959A
Continued on next page OUT4001,00002E3 –19–05FEB08–1/5
4-1-19 101008
PN=185
A F44
F12 F40
F13 F41
F10 F42
F11 F45
A F46
F15 F47
K6 F30
F35
K9
F31
F36
B
K2 A
A
F48
–UN–30JAN08
TX1035704
TX1035704
Tier 3 Engine Fuse Panel
A—Spare F15—Monitor-Service F36—Transmission Control F46—RTD-ALT-Excitation Fuse

B—Diagnostic Connector ADVISOR Fuse Fuse F47—Aux Function Power
F10—Key Switch Fuse F30—Monitor-Flex Load F40—Docking-Front Work Connectors Fuse
F11—Radio—Power Port Fuse Controller (FLC)-Flex Lights Fuse F48—Wipers-Washer Fuse
(Unswitched) Hydraulic Controller F41—Front Drive-Tail-Beacon K2—Ignition Relay
F12—Horn-Stop Lamp Fuse (FHC) (Switched) Fuse Lights Fuse K6—Transmission Relay
F13—Flex Load Controller F31—Air Seat-Start Aid Fuse F42—Rear Work Lights Fuse K9—Fuel Pump Lift Relay
(FLC)-Flex Hydraulic F35—Park Brake-Pump-MFWD F44—Blower Fuse
Controller (FHC)-Flasher Fuse F45—Dome-Radio-Power Port
Fuse (Unswitched) Fuse
Tier 3 Engine Fuse Panel
4-1-20 101008
PN=186
A F44
F12 F40
F13 F41
F10 F42
F11 F45
A F46
F15 F47
K6 F30
F35
A F31
F36
B
K2 A
A
F48
–UN–28NOV06
TX1014514
TX1014514
A—Spare F15—Monitor-Service F36—Transmission Control F45—Dome-Radio-Power Port

B—Diagnostic Connector ADVISOR Fuse Fuse Fuse
F10—Key Switch Fuse F30—Monitor-Flex Load F40—Docking-Front Work F46—RTD-ALT-Excitation Fuse
F11—Radio—Power Port Fuse Controller (FLC)-Flex Lights Fuse F47—Aux Function Power
(Unswitched) Hydraulic Controller F41—Front Drive-Tail-Beacon Connectors Fuse
F12—Horn-Stop Lamp Fuse (FHC) (Switched) Fuse Lights Fuse F48—Wipers-Washer Fuse
F13—Flex Load Controller F31—Air Seat-Start Aid Fuse F42—Rear Work Lights Fuse K2—Ignition Relay
(FLC)-Flex Hydraulic F35—Park Brake-Pump-MFWD F44—Blower Fuse K6—Transmission Relay
Controller (FHC)-Flasher Fuse
Fuse (Unswitched)
Tier 2 and Non-Regulated Engine Fuse Panel
4-1-21 101008
PN=187
Engine Control Unit (ECU) Fuse
NOTE: The ECU fuse on Tier 3 engines is a 20A fuse.

On Tier 2 and non-regulated engines it is a 10A
fuse.
–UN–01FEB08
ECU fuse (1) is located on the left-hand side of engine.
1—Engine Control Unit (ECU) Fuse
TX1035854A
Tier 3 Engine
–UN–12JAN06
TX1002532A
4-1-22 101008
PN=188
JDLink In-Line Fuse (If Equipped)
1. Turn machine off.
2. On left side of machine, remove 3 cap screws (2), and
–UN–05JUN07
lift out tool box to access the 7.5 Amp JDLink
unswitched power in-line fuse (1).
NOTE: JDLink unswitched power in-line fuse (F70) will
TX1024626A
be labeled with a tag and will be on the red wire.
3. To deactivate the JDLink Machine Monitoring

System, remove the unswitched power in-line fuse.
4. Install tool box and cap screws.
1—JDLink Unswitched Power In-Line Fuse (7.5

Amp)
2—Cap Screws (3 used)
–UN–05JUN07
TX1024599
JDLink is a trademark of Deere & Company OUT4001,00002E3 –19–05FEB08–5/5
Remove and Install Halogen Bulb
1. Remove screws (1), cover (2), lamp (3), and lamp

housing (5).
–UN–07JAN06
2. Disconnect wiring lead and release retainer clip to
remove bulb (4).
IMPORTANT: Do not touch the halogen bulb with

TX1002234A
bare hands. Oil and moisture may

cause premature bulb failure. Clean
bulb glass if touched, using an oil-free
cloth with alcohol.
1—Screw (4 used)
2—Lamp Cover
3. Install new bulb, lamp and assemble housing.
3—Lamp
4—Bulb
5—Lamp Housing
VD76477,00010D3 –19–16OCT06–1/1
4-1-23 101008
PN=189
Checking Starting System
CAUTION: Avoid possible injury or death. DO

NOT attempt to start machine unless you are
sitting in operator’s seat. DO NOT bypass or
–UN–10JAN06
disable any of the starting system parts.
Set park brake before attempting to start

engine.
TX1002514A
2. Operator’s seat facing forward (Loader position) and 1—Transmission Control Lever (TCL)
locked.
3. Move Transmission Control Lever (TCL) to 1st gear

forward (1F).
4. Apply service brakes.
5. Start the engine.
NOTE: The engine will start with the TCL in Forward, F,

or Reverse, R, but the controller will automatically
shift the transmission to Neutral (N).
6. Display will show Release Park Brake. Display will not

show F, Forward, or R, Reverse, until TCL is cycled
back to neutral and park brake is released.
VD76477,0001146 –19–07MAR07–1/1
4-1-24 101008
PN=190
Fluid Sampling Test Ports—If Equipped
Tier 3 Engine
1—Hydraulic Oil Sample Port
–UN–05FEB08
2—Engine Oil Sample Port
3—Transmission Oil Sample Port
4—Coolant Sample Port
TX1036119A
Located Under Cab Door
–UN–05FEB08
TX1036120A
Right Side of Engine
VD76477,00011A3 –19–06FEB08–1/2
The fluid sampling ports are located on the right side of

the engine.
–UN–19JAN06
1—Hydraulic Oil Sample Port
2—Engine Oil Sample Port
3—Transmission Oil Sample Port
4—Coolant Sample Port
TX1002648A
VD76477,00011A3 –19–06FEB08–2/2
4-1-25 101008
PN=191
Changing Loader Buckets
CAUTION: Prevent possible injury from falling

hardware. Bucket cylinder and links will fall
forward if bucket is in dig position when pins
are removed. Remove pins only when bucket is
on ground in full dump position.
1. Position bucket as shown.
2. Attach a hoist to cylinder (5).
3. Remove pin (1) and rotate pivot links (2) to rear

against cross tube (3).
4. Remove pin (4) and carefully lay cylinder on cross

tube.
5. Tie pivot links to the cross tube.
–UN–14NOV06
CAUTION: Bucket is heavy and can cause injury
if not moved properly. Use adequate lifting
device to move bucket.
TX1015068A
6. Remove retaining hardware, pins (6) and bucket.
7. Position new bucket in dump position. Install pins (6). 1—Pin

2—Pivot Links (2 used)
8. Untie pivot links from cross tube. Remove hoist from 3—Cross Tube
cylinder. 4—Pin
5—Cylinder
6—Pins (2 used)
9. Connect pivot links and cylinder using previously
removed pins (1 and 4) and retaining hardware.
VD76477,000129C –19–14DEC06–1/1
4-1-26 101008
PN=192
Adding Front Counterweights
CAUTION: Counterweights are heavy and can

cause serious injury if dropped. Ensure
counterweights are properly supported with a
–UN–24JAN06
forklift or other adequate lifting device before
removing.
Install front counterweights for added stability as
TX1003042A
necessary.
1. Support counterweights with a forklift before adding or

removing weights. Insert forklift tines in slots (1). 1—Slot (2 used)
2—Cap Screw (2 used)
2. Remove cap screws (2). 3—Counterweights
3. Remove or add counterweights (3) as necessary.
4. Install cap screws.
VD76477,00012A1 –19–20NOV06–1/1
Reversing Stabilizer Feet
Use rubber pad side (A) of stabilizer foot when operating

on paved surface to prevent damaging work area.
Use cleat side (B) of stabilizer foot when operating in dirt

to prevent slipping.
To change foot surface, remove pin (C), rotate foot 180°

to opposite surface, and install pin to keep foot from
turning back around.
A—Rubber Pad Side

B—Cleat Side
C—Pin
–UN–27APR94
T8214AO
VD76477,00010D4 –19–16OCT06–1/1
4-1-27 101008
PN=193
Adding Liquid Ballast to Front Tires—310J
NOTE: See Tire Inflation Pressures. (Section 3-3.)
Weights given are for tires 75 percent full of liquid.
Water Only Water/CaCl2 Solution *

Weight of Solution
Tire Size Water Volume Water Weight Water Volume Water Weight Per Tire
11L-15 8PR F3 53 L (14 gal) 53 kg (117 lb) 45 L (12 gal) 19 kg (42 lb) 64 kg (142 lb)
12-16.5 8PR NHS 57 L (15 gal) 57 kg (126 lb) 49 L (13 gal) 21 kg (46 lb) 70 kg (155 lb)
(MFWD)
*Approximately 1.6 kg (3.5 lb) CaCl2 per gallon of water will stay slush free to —24°C (—12°F) and will freeze solid at —47°C (—52°F).
VD76477,00010D5 –19–16OCT06–1/1
Adding Liquid Ballast to Front Tires—310SJ
NOTE: See Tire Inflation Pressures. (Section 3-3.)
Weights given are for tires 75 percent full of liquid.
Water Only Water/CaCl2 Solution *

Weight of Solution
Tire Size Water Volume Water Weight Water Volume Water Weight Per Tire
12.5/80-18 10PR 102 L (27 gal) 102 kg (225 lb) 95 L (25 gal) 28 kg (62 lb) 123 kg (269 lb)
(MFWD)
*Approximately 1.6 kg (3.5 lb) CaCl2 per gallon of water will stay slush free to —24°C (—12°F) and will freeze solid at —47°C (—52°F).
VD76477,00010D6 –19–16OCT06–1/1
4-1-28 101008
PN=194
Welding on Machine
IMPORTANT: Disconnect battery ground cables to

prevent voltage spikes from damaging
alternator or dash instruments.
–UN–22AUG02
Connect welder ground clamp close to
each weld area so electrical current
does not arc inside any bearings.
T158046C
NOTE: The toolbox must be removed to access the
battery box. See Removing Batteries in this
section.
HG31779,00000BE –19–16JAN08–1/1
4-1-29 101008
PN=195
Checking Ride Control Accumulator—If

Equipped
CAUTION: Escaping fluid under pressure can

penetrate the skin causing serious injury. Avoid
the hazard by relieving pressure before
–UN–23AUG88
disconnecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten
all connections before applying pressure.
Search for leaks with a piece of cardboard.
Protect hands and body from high pressure
X9811
fluids.
CAUTION: The boom will jump upward during

this check. Make sure area around bucket is
clear.
1. Start engine.
–UN–20DEC06
2. Run engine at high idle.
3. Push ride control switch (1) to on position.
TX1013918A
4. Raise boom to maximum height.
5. Power boom down half-way to ground. 1—Ride Control Switch
6. Stop suddenly by releasing loader control lever.
7. If boom is not cushioned when loader valve is

released, see your authorized dealer for servicing the
accumulator.
VD76477,0001137 –19–20OCT06–1/1
4-1-30 101008
PN=196
Discharge Ride Control System Hydraulic

Pressure—If Equipped

unexpected boom or bucket movement when
–UN–20DEC06
equipped with ride control. Ride control
accumulator energy must be discharged when
working on hydraulic components. Turn key
TX1013918A
switch to ON. Push upper half of ride control
switch to activate ride control and move loader
control lever to FLOAT.
Do not have ride control activated when starting 1—Ride Control Switch
the machine; the machine may move if ride
control is activated when the machine is
started.
Do not have ride control activated when

operating the loader; the ride control system
may cause unexpected movement.
The ride control system has an accumulator and valve in

the loader circuit.
Before servicing or performing maintenance on the

machine, discharge hydraulic oil pressure from the ride
control system as follows:
1. Ensure that area around bucket is clear.
2. Push lower half of ride control switch (1) to deactivate

ride control.
3. Start the engine.
4. Position front loader boom so that the bucket is

approximately 30 cm (1 ft) off the ground.
5. Stop the engine.
6. Turn key switch to “On” without restarting engine. Push

upper half of ride control switch to activate ride control.
7. Move loader control lever to “Float” position. Bucket

should lower to ground.
Continued on next page VD76477,0001138 –19–20OCT06–1/2
4-1-31 101008
PN=197
8. If ride control accumulator has lost gas charge, see

Checking Ride Control Accumulator—If Equipped in
this section.
VD76477,0001138 –19–20OCT06–2/2
Discharge Pilot Control System Hydraulic

Pressure—If Equipped

machine movement. Turn engine off. Keep
–UN–02JAN03
bystanders clear of machine.
Before servicing or performing maintenance on the

machine, discharge hydraulic oil pressure from the pilot
T163349B
control system as follows:
1. Ensure that area around bucket is clear.

1—Pilot Control Enable/Disable Switch
2. Turn off engine. 2—Pilot Controls
3. Turn key switch to “On” position.
4. Rotate seat to backhoe operation position.
5. Pull pilot control towers back to operating position.
6. Push pilot control enable/disable switch (1) to “Unlock”

7. Actuate pilot controls (2) in a circular pattern for five to

ten rotations.
HG31779,00001BD –19–16JAN08–1/1
4-1-32 101008
PN=198
Lowering Boom Without Electrical Power—

For Machines With Pilot Controls
1. Remove rear half of floor mat.
2. Remove cap screws (1) and plastic cover (2).
–UN–15JAN03
3. Remove cap screws (3) and rear cab access floor
plate (4).
T163972B
2—Plastic Cover
4—Rear Cab Access Floor Plate
BT40170,0000043 –19–16JAN08–1/2
4. Disconnect hose (5) from bulkhead fitting (6).
5. Connect remote pressure source to bulkhead fitting.

Pressure source must be within specification.
Specification
–UN–27JAN03
Remote Pressure Source—
Pressure ....................................................................... 1379—24 821 kPa
14—248 bar
200—3600 psi
T164626B
6. Lower boom using pilot controls.
7. Disconnect remote pressure source.

5—Hose
6—Pilot Pressure Bulkhead Fitting
8. Connect hose to bulkhead fitting (6).
9. Install rear access floor plate.
10. Install plastic cover and floor mat.
BT40170,0000043 –19–16JAN08–2/2
4-1-33 101008
PN=199
Check Park Brake

unexpected machine movement. Fasten seat
belt before performing this check.
–UN–20DEC06
2. Start machine on dry, hard pavement.
TX1013963A
3. Raise loader and backhoe buckets off ground.
4. Push right half of park brake switch (1) to disengage 1—Park Brake Switch
the park brake.
5. Disengage MFWD, if equipped.
6. Move the Transmission Control Lever (TCL) to F. Move

the gearshift lever to 2nd gear.
7. Depress the speed control pedal to the floor and drive

approximately 7 m (20 ft), then push left half of park
brake switch to engage the park brake. The machine
must stop within 2 m (6 ft) and transmission must shift
to neutral.
VD76477,0001139 –19–07MAR07–1/1
4-1-34 101008
PN=200
Bleeding Service Brakes
CAUTION: Operating machine with excessive

brake travel could cause brakes not to stop
machine on first application.
–UN–26OCT88
NOTE: Air will "gravity bleed" from brake system through
brake valve without use of bleed screws.
Low ambient temperature or aeration of oil will
T6838AE
slow bleed process. Brake lines must be inclined
toward brake valve.
Bleeding Brakes Manually
1. Engage park brake. Run engine at fast idle. Dump and

curl backhoe bucket five times.
2. Run engine at slow idle. Pump left-side brake pedal

five times, allowing 2 seconds between each pump for
air to escape.
3. Repeat steps 1 and 2 until the left-side brake pedal is

solid.
4. Pump right-side brake pedal until pedal is solid, then

pump both brake pedals together until both brake
pedals are solid.
5. Check pedal travel.
Specification
Dual Brake Pedal Travel—
Distance .......................................................................... 95 mm Maximum
3.75 in.
Single Brake Pedal Travel—
Distance ........................................................................ 114 mm Maximum
4.5 in.
Bleeding Brakes with Vacuum Device
1. Engage park brake. Connect a vacuum device to

breather port on hydraulic reservoir. After 10 minutes,
disconnect air pressure from vacuum device.
2. Leave hose from breather port to vacuum device

connected until brake circuit is filled with oil. Both
pedals should become solid.
Continued on next page VD76477,000119B –19–07MAR07–1/2
4-1-35 101008
PN=201
3. Check pedal travel.
Specification
Dual Brake Pedal Travel—
Distance .......................................................................... 95 mm Maximum
3.75 in.
Single Brake Pedal Travel—
Distance ........................................................................ 114 mm Maximum
4.5 in.
Brakes will continue to self-bleed and pedal firmness

should improve as machine is operated. If unable to
obtain firm brake pedal, inspect lines and connections for
leakage. See your authorized dealer.
VD76477,000119B –19–07MAR07–2/2
4-1-36 101008
PN=202
Service Recommendations For STC1 Fittings
STC fittings are used on this machine. The fittings are

designed to allow the hydraulic hose to rotate as needed
when the system is not pressurized. This prevents the
hydraulic hoses from binding when components are put
–UN–14APR03
back to their operating position.
Fittings are easily disconnected using special tool,

JDG1385 (1) (supplied with machine). The special tool
T161381C
has a different size slot cut into each end. The narrow slot
is for -06 size fittings. The wide slot is for -08 size fittings.
Use appropriate end of special tool on fitting being JDG1385 Tool Storage Location In Toolbox—Later Machines
disconnected. To connect fittings, simply push each half of
fitting together.
IMPORTANT: DO NOT pry against release sleeve or

damage to fitting may result.
–UN–24OCT00
DO NOT force release sleeve beyond
normal range of travel, otherwise,
release sleeve may fall off when hose is
disconnected. If this happens and fitting
T134792C
is connected without the release sleeve
installed, fitting will not be able to be
disconnected again.
1—Special Tool JDG1385
1. Disconnect STC type fittings: 2—Shoulder Of Fitting
3—Release Sleeve
a. Clean area around fitting, especially around the
release sleeve (3).
b. While keeping special tool JDG1385 perpendicular

to the fitting, insert tool between release sleeve and
shoulder.
c. Gently push, DO NOT PRY, release sleeve away

from shoulder to disconnect the fitting.
d. Pull hose to disconnect.
1
STC is a registered trademark of the Aeroquip Corporation.
Continued on next page VD76477,00010D7 –19–20DEC06–1/2
4-1-37 101008
PN=203
2. Inspect STC fittings:
a. Check seal mating surfaces for nicks, scratches, or

flat spots.
b. Check O-ring (4), backup ring (5), and retaining ring
–UN–21SEP00
(2) for wear or damage.
c. Make sure O-ring, backup ring, and retaining ring

are in position before connecting fitting halves
T133922
together.
3. Connect STC fittings:

1—Release Sleeve
2—Retaining Ring
a. Make sure fitting halves (3 and 6) are clean and 3—Female Half of STC Fitting
free of contaminates. 4—O-Ring
5—Backup Ring
b. Make sure release sleeve (1) is on male half (6) of 6—Male Half of STC Fitting
fitting before connecting fitting halves together.
c. Push fitting halves together until a definite snap and

solid stop is felt.
d. Pull back on hose to make sure fitting halves are

locked together.
e. To prevent hoses from binding, move component

into position before pressurizing hydraulic system.
VD76477,00010D7 –19–20DEC06–2/2
Check and Adjust Engine Speed Control

Linkage

CED,OUO1079,486 –19–19JUL00–1/1
Adjusting Pilot Control Wrist Rest—If

Equipped
1. Turn lever (1) counterclockwise to loosen.
2. Adjust wrist rest (2) up or down to desired position.

–UN–02JAN03
3. Turn lever clockwise to tighten.

T163361B
HG31779,00001BE –19–14DEC06–1/1
4-1-38 101008
PN=204
Toe-In Check and Adjust
SPECIFICATIONS
Non-Powered Axle and 3—6 mm
Mechanical Front Wheel Drive 0.13—0.25 in.
(MFWD) Axle Toe-In Distance
Tie Rod Jam Nut Torque 120 N•m
89 lb-ft
Toe-In Measurement Check
VD76477,00012C0 –19–21NOV06–1/2
1. Measure distance from ground to center of both hubs

(A). Mark front (B) and rear (C) of each front tire in
center of tread.
2. Measure distance between front marks (B) and rear

marks (C).
–UN–02NOV88
3. Front marks must be closer than rear marks within
specification.
T6382JW
Specification
Non-Powered Axle and
Mechanical Front Wheel Drive Toe-In Measurement
(MFWD) Axle—Distance .............................................................. 3—6 mm
0.13—0.25 in. A—Center of Hub
B—Front of Tire
4. If measurements are not within specification, see your C—Rear of Tire
authorized dealer for adjustment. D—Tie Rod Tube
VD76477,00012C0 –19–21NOV06–2/2
4-1-39 101008
PN=205
Installing Teeth on Backhoe Bucket
1. Position flex pin (C) with grooves (D) toward the tooth
tip. The grooves are the locking mechanism.
NOTE: If "back" is stamped on the pin, this word must
–UN–16DEC91
face the shank.
If shank is badly worn, install new shank.
T7646AP
Install special teeth for digging in rock or frost.
2. To remove tooth tip (A), drive out flex pin.
3. To fasten tooth tip to shank (B), drive flex pin in place.
A—Tooth Tip
B—Tooth Shank
C—Flex Pin
–UN–16DEC91
D—Grooves
T7646AO
–UN–16DEC91
T7646AN
TX,90,BD2190 –19–16JAN08–1/1
Do Not Service Control Valves, Cylinders,

Pumps or Motors
Special tools and information are needed to service

control valves, cylinders, pumps, or motors.
If these parts need service, see your authorized dealer.
T82,EXMA,BJ –19–16JAN08–1/1
4-1-40 101008
PN=206
Keep ROPS Installed Properly
CAUTION: Make certain all parts are reinstalled

correctly if the rollover protective structure
(ROPS) is loosened or removed for any reason.
Tighten mounting bolts to proper torque.
–UN–23AUG88
The protection offered by ROPS will be
impaired if ROPS is subjected to structural
damage, is involved in an overturn incident, or
TS176
is in any way altered. A damaged ROPS should
be replaced, not reused.
When installation of equipment on a machine necessitates

loosening or removing ROPS, mounting bolts must be
tightened to specification.
Specification
ROPS Mounting Bolts—Torque ................................................... 420 N•m
310 lb-ft
VD76477,0001141 –19–21DEC06–1/1
Hardware Torque Specifications
Check cap screws and nuts to be sure they are tight. If

hardware is loose, tighten to torque shown on the
following charts unless a special torque is specified.
TX,90,FF1225 –19–16JAN08–1/1
4-1-41 101008
PN=207
Unified Inch Bolt and Screw Torque Values

TS1671 –UN–01MAY03
Bolt or SAE Grade 1 SAE Grade 2a SAE Grade 5, 5.1 or 5.2 SAE Grade 8 or 8.2
b c b c b c
Screw Lubricated Dry Lubricated Dry Lubricated Dry Lubricatedb Dryc
Size N•m lb-in N•m lb-in N•m lb-in N•m lb-in N•m lb-in N•m lb-in N•m lb-in N•m lb-in
1/4 3.7 33 4.7 42 6 53 7.5 66 9.5 84 12 106 13.5 120 17 150
N•m lb-ft N•m lb-ft
5/16 7.7 68 9.8 86 12 106 15.5 137 19.5 172 25 221 28 20.5 35 26
N•m lb-ft N•m lb-ft
3/8 13.5 120 17.5 155 22 194 27 240 35 26 44 32.5 49 36 63 46
N•m lb-ft N•m lb-ft N•m lb-ft
7/16 22 194 28 20.5 35 26 44 32.5 56 41 70 52 80 59 100 74
N•m lb-ft
1/2 34 25 42 31 53 39 67 49 85 63 110 80 120 88 155 115
9/16 48 35.5 60 45 76 56 95 70 125 92 155 115 175 130 220 165
5/8 67 49 85 63 105 77 135 100 170 125 215 160 240 175 305 225
3/4 120 88 150 110 190 140 240 175 300 220 380 280 425 315 540 400
7/8 190 140 240 175 190 140 240 175 490 360 615 455 690 510 870 640
1 285 210 360 265 285 210 360 265 730 540 920 680 1030 760 1300 960
1-1/8 400 300 510 375 400 300 510 375 910 670 1150 850 1450 1075 1850 1350
1-1/4 570 420 725 535 570 420 725 535 1280 945 1630 1200 2050 1500 2600 1920
1-3/8 750 550 950 700 750 550 950 700 1700 1250 2140 1580 2700 2000 3400 2500
1-1/2 990 730 1250 930 990 730 1250 930 2250 1650 2850 2100 3600 2650 4550 3350
Torque values listed are for general use only, based on the strength of the Replace fasteners with the same or higher grade. If higher
bolt or screw. DO NOT use these values if a different torque value or grade fasteners are used, tighten these to the strength of the
tightening procedure is given for a specific application. For plastic insert or original. Make sure fastener threads are clean and that you
crimped steel type lock nuts, for stainless steel fasteners, or for nuts on properly start thread engagement. When possible, lubricate
U-bolts, see the tightening instructions for the specific application. Shear plain or zinc plated fasteners other than lock nuts, wheel bolts
bolts are designed to fail under predetermined loads. Always replace shear or wheel nuts, unless different instructions are given for the
bolts with identical grade. specific application.
a
Grade 2 applies for hex cap screws (not hex bolts) up to 6. in (152 mm) long. Grade 1 applies for hex cap screws over 6 in. (152 mm) long,
and for all other types of bolts and screws of any length.
b
“Lubricated” means coated with a lubricant such as engine oil, fasteners with phosphate and oil coatings, or 7/8 in. and larger fasteners with
JDM F13C zinc flake coating.
c
“Dry” means plain or zinc plated without any lubrication, or 1/4 to 3/4 in. fasteners with JDM F13B zinc flake coating.
DX,TORQ1 –19–24APR03–1/1
4-1-42 101008
PN=208
Metric Bolt and Screw Torque Values
–UN–01MAY03
4.8 8.8 9.8 10.9 12.9 12.9
4.8 8.8 9.8 10.9 12.9 12.9
TS1670
Bolt or Class 4.8 Class 8.8 or 9.8 Class 10.9 Class 12.9
a b a b a b
Screw Lubricated Dry Lubricated Dry Lubricated Dry Lubricateda Dryb
Size N•m lb-in N•m lb-in N•m lb-in N•m lb-in N•m lb-in N•m lb-in N•m lb-in N•m lb-in
M6 4.7 42 6 53 8.9 79 11.3 100 13 115 16.5 146 15.5 137 19.5 172
N•m lb-ft N•m lb-ft N•m lb-ft N•m lb-ft
M8 11.5 102 14.5 128 22 194 27.5 243 32 23.5 40 29.5 37 27.5 47 35
N•m lb-ft N•m lb-ft N•m lb-ft
M10 23 204 29 21 43 32 55 40 63 46 80 59 75 55 95 70
N•m lb-ft
M12 40 29.5 50 37 75 55 95 70 110 80 140 105 130 95 165 120
M14 63 46 80 59 120 88 150 110 175 130 220 165 205 150 260 190
M16 100 74 125 92 190 140 240 175 275 200 350 255 320 235 400 300
M18 135 100 170 125 265 195 330 245 375 275 475 350 440 325 560 410
M20 190 140 245 180 375 275 475 350 530 390 675 500 625 460 790 580
M22 265 195 330 245 510 375 650 480 725 535 920 680 850 625 1080 800
M24 330 245 425 315 650 480 820 600 920 680 1150 850 1080 800 1350 1000
M27 490 360 625 460 950 700 1200 885 1350 1000 1700 1250 1580 1160 2000 1475
M30 660 490 850 625 1290 950 1630 1200 1850 1350 2300 1700 2140 1580 2700 2000
M33 900 665 1150 850 1750 1300 2200 1625 2500 1850 3150 2325 2900 2150 3700 2730
M36 1150 850 1450 1075 2250 1650 2850 2100 3200 2350 4050 3000 3750 2770 4750 3500
Torque values listed are for general use only, based on the strength Shear bolts are designed to fail under predetermined loads. Always
of the bolt or screw. DO NOT use these values if a different torque replace shear bolts with identical property class. Replace fasteners
value or tightening procedure is given for a specific application. For with the same or higher property class. If higher property class
stainless steel fasteners or for nuts on U-bolts, see the tightening fasteners are used, tighten these to the strength of the original. Make
instructions for the specific application. Tighten plastic insert or sure fastener threads are clean and that you properly start thread
crimped steel type lock nuts by turning the nut to the dry torque engagement. When possible, lubricate plain or zinc plated fasteners
shown in the chart, unless different instructions are given for the other than lock nuts, wheel bolts or wheel nuts, unless different
specific application. instructions are given for the specific application.
a
“Lubricated” means coated with a lubricant such as engine oil, fasteners with phosphate and oil coatings, or M20 and larger fasteners with
JDM F13C zinc flake coating.
b
“Dry” means plain or zinc plated without any lubrication, or M6 to M18 fasteners with JDM F13B zinc flake coating.
DX,TORQ2 –19–24APR03–1/1
4-1-43 101008
PN=209
Miscellaneous—Operational Checkout
Operational Checkout Procedure
Use this procedure to check all systems and functions A location will be required which is level and has
on the machine. It is designed so you can make a adequate space to complete the checks. No tools or
quick check of machine operation while doing both a equipment are needed to perform this checkout.
walk around inspection and performing specific checks
from the operator’s seat. Complete the necessary visual checks (oil levels, oil
condition, external leaks, loose hardware, linkage,
Should you experience a problem with your machine, wiring, etc.) prior to doing the checkout. The machine
you will find helpful diagnostic information in this must be at operating temperature for many of the
checkout that will pinpoint the cause. Use the table of checks.
contents to help find adjustment procedures. This
information may allow you to perform simple repairs Locate the check to be performed at the top of the left
yourself, reducing machine down time. column and read completely down the column before
performing the check. Follow this sequence from left to
The information obtained after completing the right. In the far right column, if no problem is found,
operational checkout will allow you or your authorized you will be instructed to go to next check. If a problem
dealer to pinpoint a specific test or repair needed to is indicated, you will be referred to either a group in
restore the machine to specifications. this manual or to your authorized dealer for repair.
VD76477,000130A –19–26MAR07–1/1
Diagnostic Trouble Code Check
– – –1/1
1 Display and Clear Always check for diagnostic trouble codes and correct them before performing the YES: Correct all
Trouble Codes operational checkout. diagnostics trouble codes
before proceeding. See
Diagnostic trouble codes can be displayed by using two methods: your authorized dealer.
• Standard Display Monitor (SDM) NO: Proceed with

• Service Advisor operational checkout.
– – –1/1
Key Switch Off, Engine Off Checks
– – –1/1
4-2-1 101008
PN=210
1 Battery Check YES: Go to next check.
NO: Test battery.
TX1003151 –19–30JAN06
Key switch OFF.
Press SELECT button, on Standard Display Monitor (SDM), and hold until battery volts
are displayed.
NOTE: Fuel gauge will calibrate against the far left peg before returning to its normal
operating position and engine hours will be displayed.
LOOK: Does battery volts read a minimum of 12 volts?
– – –1/1
Key Switch ON, Engine Off Checks
– – –1/1
4-2-2 101008
PN=211
1 Standard Display YES: Go to next check.

Monitor (SDM) Check
NO: See your authorized
dealer.
TX1003145 –UN–02FEB06
Model Number
TX1003151 –19–30JAN06
Key switch ON (engine NOT running).
Observe monitor and note changes (bulbs, indicators and gauges).
Press NEXT until the SDM displays gear, engine speed and hour meter.
NOTE: Starting motor must not operate.
LOOK: Do all lights and backlighting come on?
Does the display show the correct model number?
Do all gauge indicators point to approximately 12:00 o’clock position and then move to
their normal operating position?
YES: Go to next check.

Observe monitor. Press the NEXT button. dealer.
LOOK: Does the display show volts, gear and engine

speed?
TX1003153 –UN–
– – –1/2
4-2-3 101008
PN=212

dealer.
TX1003147 –UN–02FEB06
Observe monitor. Press the NEXT button.
LOOK: Does the display show gear, engine speed and hydraulic oil temperature?
N 0 NO: See your authorized

dealer.
JOB 132.4
TX1003154 –19–22JAN07
Observe monitor. Press the NEXT button.
LOOK: Does the display show gear, engine speed and job timer hours?
–19– –2/2
2 Service Brake Pedal Unlock brake pedals. YES: Go to next check.

Stop Check
Lift left and right brake pedals individually. NO: See your authorized
dealer.
LOOK: Does each pedal have a minimal amount of
travel before cap screws contact stop?
NOTE: Gap between pedal stop screws and plate should

T134625 –UN–19OCT00
be 0.127—0.381 mm (0.005—0.015 in.).
This travel ensures that brake check valves are opened

and brakes are released.
– – –1/1
4-2-4 101008
PN=213
3 Ride Control Turn key switch ON (do not start engine). YES: Go to next check.
Electrical Check (If Turn ride control switch ON.
Equipped) NO: See your authorized
LOOK: Does the ride control switch on the Sealed dealer.
Switch Module (SSM) indicator light turn ON?
TX1002661 –UN–13JAN06
Turn ride control switch OFF. YES: Go to next check.
LOOK: Does the ride control switch on the Sealed Switch Module (SSM) indicator light NO: See your authorized
turn off? dealer.
– – –1/1
Key Switch On, Engine On
– – –1/1
1 Park Brake Indicator YES: Go to next check.

and Switch Check Fasten Seat Belt.
Operator’s seat facing loader position. dealer.
Apply service brakes.
Start the engine.

TX1003182 –UN–30JAN06
Engine speed at slow idle.
LOOK: Is the PARK BRAKE indicator on?
TX1016611 –UN–15DEC06
Release park brake.
LOOK: Is the Park Brake indicator OFF?
Apply park brake.
Stop the engine.
– – –1/1
4-2-5 101008
PN=214
2 Start Circuit Check YES: Go to next check.
RELEASE NO: See your authorized

dealer.
PA R K B R A K E
TX1003174 –UN–30JAN06 TX1003152 –19–22JAN07
Fasten seat belt.

Operator’s seat facing loader position.
Move transmission control lever (TCL) to 1st gear Forward (1F).
Start the engine.
NOTE: The engine will start with transmission control lever (TCL) in Forward (F) or
Reverse (R) but the controller will automatically shift the transmission to Neutral (N).
LOOK/LISTEN: Does the engine start?
Does display show RELEASE PARK BRAKE?
TX1003148 –UN–02FEB06

Release park brake.
Move transmission control lever (TCL) to Neutral.
NOTE: Display will not show “F” Forward or “R” Reverse until the transmission control
lever (TCL) is cycled to Neutral and the park brake has been released.
LOOK: Does display show Neutral (N).
TX1003149 –UN–30JAN06
Move transmission control lever (TCL) to 1st gear Forward.

LOOK: Does display show 1F?
– – –1/1
4-2-6 101008
PN=215
3 Reverse Warning YES: Go to next check.

Alarm Check
dealer.
TX1003175 –UN–30JAN06 TX1003150 –UN–30JAN06

1R Gearshift Lever 1R Display
Move transmission control lever (TCL) to 1st gear reverse (1R).
LOOK/LISTEN: Does display show correct gear and direction?
Does the reverse warning alarm sound?

– – –1/1
4 Transmission Gear YES: Go to next check.

Shift Detent Check Fasten seat belt.
NO: Replace
Start the engine. transmission control lever
(TCL)/range switch.

TX1003176 –UN–30JAN06
Release park brake.
Move transmission control lever (TCL) into forward (F).
Turn transmission control lever (TCL) to shift into each

gear.
LOOK: Does gear number align with pointer in each

speed detent position?
Does twist handle remain in detented positions?
Does display indicate correct gear and direction?
– – –1/1
4-2-7 101008
PN=216
5 Park Brake Function YES: Go to next check.

Check
dealer.
TX1016611 –UN–15DEC06
Fasten seat belt.
Start the engine.
Release park brake.
Move transmission control lever (TCL) to 3rd gear Forward (3F).
Slowly increase engine speed just enough to allow machine to start to move a few
feet.
Apply the Park Brake.
NOTE: Transmission will shift to neutral (N) as soon as Park Brake is applied.
LOOK/FEEL: Does Park Brake engage immediately, when Park Brake Switch is
pushed and does the machine stop?
– – –1/1
6 Pilot Control Tower Move pilot control towers into operating position. YES: Go to next check.
Operating/Stored
Position Check (If Release towers. NO: See your authorized
Equipped) dealer.
LOOK/FEEL: Do towers stay in operating position?
Move pilot control towers into stored position.
LOOK/FEEL: Do towers stay in stored position?
– – –1/1
4-2-8 101008
PN=217
7 Pilot Control Run engine at 1500 rpm. NO: Continue with check.
Enable/Disable Switch
Check (If Equipped) YES: See your authorized
CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use dealer.
appropriate lifting device.
Raise machine off ground with stabilizers and loader bucket.
Specification
310J—Weight (approximate) ................................................................................ 7321 kg
16 140 lb
Disable pilot controls and move control levers.
LOOK: Do activated functions move?

– – –1/1
8 Pilot Control Pattern Enable pilot controls. YES: Continue with

Select Switch Check check.
(If Equipped) Select backhoe from the two position pattern select switch.
Activate left and right pilot control levers forward and backward. dealer.
LOOK: Does backhoe boom move when left pilot control lever is activated?
Does backhoe crowd move when right pilot control lever is activated?
Select excavator from the two position pattern select switch. YES: Go to next check.
Activate left and right pilot control levers forward and backward. NO: See your authorized
dealer.
LOOK: Does backhoe crowd move when left pilot control lever is activated?
Does backhoe boom move when right pilot control lever is activated?
– – –1/1
9 Pilot Control Valve Enable pilot controls. YES: Go to next check.

Check (If Equipped)
Move pilot control levers in all directions. NO: If pilot control levers
bind during travel or do
FEEL/LOOK: Do levers move freely in all directions? not return to neutral
position, inspect controls
FEEL/LOOK: Do levers spring back to neutral when released? and towers. See your
authorized dealer.
– – –1/1
4-2-9 101008
PN=218
10 Pilot Control Run engine at 1500 rpm. YES: Go to next check.

Accumulator Check
(If Equipped) Operators seat in backhoe position. NO: See your authorized
dealer.
Enable pilot controls.
Disengage boom from boom lock.
Hold boom up function over relief for 10 seconds.
Turn engine off, and turn key switch to on.
NOTE: Pilot control enable switch must be cycled after key switch is turned back into
on position.
Cycle pilot enable switch to enable position.
Activate boom down function.
LOOK: Does boom lower when boom down function is activated?
– – –1/1
11 Backhoe Position Engine speed at slow idle. YES: Continue check.

Control Pattern
Operator’s seat facing backhoe position. NO: See your authorized
dealer.
Activate stabilizer lever to lower and raise left stabilizer.
Activate stabilizer lever to lower and raise right stabilizer
LOOK: Do both stabilizers raise and lower?
– – –1/1
4-2-10 101008
PN=219
12 Stabilizer Cylinder Engine speed at approximately 1500 rpm. YES: Go to next check.
Check
Position loader bucket off the ground. NO: See your authorized
dealer.
Operator’s seat facing backhoe position.
CAUTION: Machine will move forward as transmission control lever (TCL)

is moved into forward (F).
CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use

Lower stabilizers to raise rear of machine off the ground.
Specification
16 140 lb
LOOK/FEEL: Do cylinders extend smoothly and hold machine up?
Raise stabilizers.
LOOK/FEEL: Do cylinders retract smoothly and remain up?
– – –1/1
13 Hydraulic and IMPORTANT: For the following checks all systems must be warmed up to YES: Go to next check.
Transmission Oil operating range to get accurate test results.
Warmup Procedure NO: Warm system to
Check hydraulic oil temperature. If hydraulic oil temperature is not to specification allow specification.
machine time to warm up to normal operating range.
Specification
Hydraulic Oil—Temperature ............................................................................... 60—70°C
140—160°F
Check transmission oil temperature. If transmission oil temperature is not to

specification allow machine time to warm up to normal operating range.
Specification
Transmission Oil—Temperature ........................................................................ 60—70°C
140—160°F
Are hydraulic and transmission oil temperature to specification?
– – –1/1
4-2-11 101008
PN=220
14 Cycle Times Check Engine at fast idle. YES: Go to next check.
Record cycle time for each function. NO: Check hydraulic oil
CAUTION: Make level. See Check
sure area is clear Does machine perform within specifications? Hydraulic Reservoir Oil
and large enough Level. (Section 3-4.)
to operate all Specification
functions of Loader boom raise (bucket flat on NO: See your authorized
machine. ground-to-full height)—Maximum Cycle dealer.
Time (seconds) ................................................................................. 310J - 4.9 (seconds)
IMPORTANT: Warm 310SJ - 5.5 (seconds)
hydraulic oil to operating Loader boom lower—Powered (full
temperature for this height-to-bucket flat on ground)—
check. Maximum Cycle Time ....................................................................... 310J - 2.5 (seconds)
310SJ - 2.2 (seconds)
Loader boom lower—Float (full
height-to-bucket flat on ground)—
Maximum Cycle Time ....................................................................... 310J - 2.5 (seconds)
Loader bucket dump (boom just above
ground—Maximum Cycle Time ........................................................ 310J - 2.6 (seconds)
Loader bucket curl (boom just above
ground)—Maximum Cycle Time .................................................................. 2.6 (seconds)
Backhoe boom raise (backhoe at
maximum reach, bucket teeth on
ground-to-boom at cushion)—Maximum
Cycle Time .................................................................................................. 2.9 (seconds)
Backhoe boom lower (backhoe at
maximum reach, bucket teeth on
ground-to-boom at cushion)—Maximum
Cycle Time .................................................................................................. 2.9 (seconds)
Crowd in (boom in transport position)—
Maximum Cycle Time .................................................................................. 3.1 (seconds)
Crowd out (boom in transport position)—
Maximum Cycle Time .................................................................................. 2.7 (seconds)
Backhoe bucket dump—Maximum Cycle
Time ............................................................................................................. 2.4 (seconds)
Backhoe bucket curl—Maximum Cycle
Time ............................................................................................................. 3.2 (seconds)
Backhoe swing (boom raised to cushion,
bucket curled, dipperstick parallel to
ground
cylinder-cushion-to-cylinder-cushion
(180°))—Maximum Cycle Time ................................................................... 3.3 (seconds)
Extendible dipperstick extend—If
Equipped—Maximum Cycle Time ............................................................... 2.4 (seconds)
Extendible dipperstick retract—If
Equipped—Maximum Cycle Time ............................................................... 2.6 (seconds)
Right stabilizer down (full up-to-ground
level)—Maximum Cycle Time ..................................................................... 2.5 (seconds)
Right stabilizer up (ground level-to-full
up)—Maximum Cycle Time ......................................................................... 2.5 (seconds)
Left stabilizer down (full up-to-ground
level)—Maximum Cycle Time ..................................................................... 2.5 (seconds)
Left stabilizer up (ground level-to-full
up)—Maximum Cycle Time ......................................................................... 2.5 (seconds)
Steering right to left—Turns .................................................................................. 2.3 to 3
Steering left to right—Turns .................................................................................. 2.3 to 3
Steering right to left (MFWD)—Turns ................................................................... 2.3 to 3
Steering left to right (MFWD)—Turns ................................................................... 2.3 to 3
Does machine perform within specifications?
– – –1/1
4-2-12 101008
PN=221
15 Brake System Depress and hold left brake pedal, then right brake pedal NO: Go to next check.
Leakage Check using approximately 267 N (60 lb-force).
YES: Bleed brake
Specification system. See Bleeding
Brake Pedal—Force................................................ 267 N Service Brakes. (Section
60 lb 4-1.)
LOOK: Brake pedal must not feel spongy (caused by air

in the system). Does pedal settle more than 25 mm (1.0
T134626 –UN–19OCT00
in.) per minute.
– – –1/1
16 Brake Drag/Park Operator’s seat in loader position. YES: Go to next check.

Brake Check Position machine on a gradual slope with front of
machine facing downhill. NO: See your authorized
dealer.
Lift loader bucket off the ground.
Transmission Control Lever (TCL) to Neutral.
Differential lock not actuated.

T6171AL –UN–09DEC88
TX1016611 –UN–15DEC06
Release park brake.

Release service brakes.
Let machine coast freely for several feet.
Apply park brake.
LOOK: Did machine stop?
Release park brake.
LOOK: Did machine coast freely?
NOTE: If machine does not move freely on slope, drive the machine for 5 minutes.
Feel axle housing area to locate which brake is dragging.
– – –1/1
4-2-13 101008
PN=222
17 Engine Speed Select YES: Continue check.

Knob Check
dealer.
TX1003184 –UN–30JAN06
Engine speed slow idle.

Auto-Idle OFF.
Lower all equipment to the ground.
Transmission control lever (TCL) in Neutral.
Move speed control knob to slow idle, then to fast idle position.
LOOK: Does tachometer read 900—925 rpm (Slow Idle) and 2400—2425 rpm (Fast
Idle)?
Engine speed slow idle. YES: Go to next check.

dealer.
Move speed select knob to increase engine speed to 1200 rpm.

Raise rear wheels of machine off the ground.
Specification
16 140 lb
Mechanical front wheel drive (MFWD) not actuated.
Move transmission control lever (TCL) to 1st gear forward.
LOOK/LISTEN: Does engine speed return to slow idle?
Engine speed slow idle. YES: Continue check.
Operator’s seat facing loader position. NO: See your authorized

dealer.
Move speed select knob to increase engine speed to 1200 rpm.
LOOK/LISTEN: Does engine speed return to slow idle?
Release service brakes. NO: Go to next check.
LOOK/LISTEN: Does engine speed return to 1200 rpm? YES: See your authorized
dealer.
– – –1/1
4-2-14 101008
PN=223
18 Engine Speed Engine speed slow idle. YES: Continue check.

Control Pedal Check
Lower all equipment to the ground. NO: See your authorized
dealer.
Move the engine speed control pedal from slow idle to fast idle.
LOOK: Does tachometer read 900—925 rpm (Slow Idle) and 2400—2425 rpm (Fast
Idle)?
– – –1/1
19 Auto-Idle Circuit Engine speed fast idle. YES: Go to next check.

Check (If Equipped) Auto-Idle switch OFF (Indicator light OFF).
Lower all equipment to the ground. dealer.

TX1002663 –UN–13JAN06
Push Auto-Idle Switch to ON.
LOOK/LISTEN: Does engine speed decrease after 4 to 6

seconds? Does Auto-Idle indicator light come ON?
Slowly actuate any boom backhoe function. YES: Go to next check.
LOOK/LISTEN: Does engine speed return to its original setting? NO: See your authorized
dealer.
Rotate operator’s seat to loader position. YES: Go to next check.
LOOK/LISTEN: Does engine speed return to slow idle. NO: See your authorized
dealer.
LOOK: Does Auto-Idle indicator light go OFF?
– – –1/1
4-2-15 101008
PN=224
20 Engine and Torque Engine speed slow idle. YES: Go to next check.
Converter Check Operator’s seat facing loader position.
(Without MFWD) NO: See your authorized
Position machine with loader bucket at ground level dealer.
against a dirt bank or immovable object.
Move transmission control lever (TCL) to forward (F)

position.
T6171AM –UN–09DEC88
Engage differential lock.
Increase engine speed to fast idle.
Release park brake.
LOOK: Do rear wheels stall?
NOTE: This test will give a general indication of engine,

transmission and torque converter performance.
– – –1/1
21 Transmission Neutral Fasten seat belt. Operator’s seat facing loader position. YES: Go to next check.
Disconnect Circuit
Check Engine speed approximately 2000 rpm. NO: See your authorized
dealer.
Raise loader bucket off the ground.
Shift transmission into 4th gear.
Release park brake.
Shift transmission control lever (TCL) to forward (F).
LISTEN: Does engine rpm drop (approximately 50 rpm) when the transmission control
lever (TCL) is shifted into forward (F)?
Press button on loader control lever and note sound of engine.
LISTEN: Does engine rpm increase when the neutral disconnect button is pressed?
– – –1/1
4-2-16 101008
PN=225
22 Differential Lock Operator’s seat facing loader position. YES: Go to next check.
Check
CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury NO: See your authorized
from heavy component. Use appropriate dealer.
lifting device.
Raise machine off the ground.
Specification
T6295AD –UN–19OCT88
310J—Weight
(approximate) ....................................................... 7321 kg
16 140 lb
Release park brake.
Unlock the brake pedals.
Turn mechanical front wheel drive (MFWD) switch OFF

(if equipped).
Depress differential lock control.
Operate machine at approximately 1200 rpm in 1st

forward (1F).
Apply one brake pedal.
LOOK: Both rear wheels must stop.
– – –1/1
23 Differential Gear and Operator’s seat facing loader position. YES: Go to next check.
Pinion Check
Release park brake. NO: See your authorized
dealer.
Shift transmission to first gear and operate engine at approximately 1500 rpm.
Move transmission control lever (TCL) to forward (F) position.
Steer machine in a maximum left turn and depress left brake pedal to stop the left
wheel.
Steer machine in a maximum right turn and depress right brake pedal to stop the right
wheel.
LISTEN: Can excessive gear noise be heard in the differential or pinion gear area?
– – –1/1
4-2-17 101008
PN=226
24 Front Wheel Drive machine in fourth gear forward on a surface with YES: Go to next check.
Alignment (Toe-In) loose material.
Check LOOK: Is material from behind front wheels thrown NO: See Toe-In Check
excessively inward or outward? and Adjust. (Section 4-1.)
T6264AI –UN–22OCT91
– – –1/1
25 Mechanical Front YES: Go to next check.

Wheel Drive (MFWD)
Driving Check (If NO: See your authorized
Equipped) dealer.
T131717B –UN–15JUN00
MFWD Switch


Specification
16 140 lb
Release park brake.
Shift transmission to first gear and operate engine at approximately 1500 rpm.
Move transmission control lever (TCL) to forward (F) position.
Press and hold and then release the top half of the mechanical front wheel drive
(MFWD) switch.
LOOK: Do the front wheels turn when the switch is pressed and stop when it is
released?
Press the bottom of the mechanical front wheel drive (MFWD) switch to engage YES: Go to next check.
mechanical front wheel drive (MFWD).
LOOK: Do the front wheel continue to turn. dealer.
– – –1/1
4-2-18 101008
PN=227
26 Mechanical Front YES: Go to next check.

Wheel Drive (MFWD) CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use
Differential Check appropriate lifting device. NO: See your authorized
dealer.
Specification
16 140 lb
Release park brake.
Shift transmission in first gear forward (1F).
Engage mechanical front wheel drive (MFWD).
Lower front wheels to just contact ground.
LOOK: Does at least one front wheel turn?
– – –1/1
27 Mechanical Front Drive machine at transport speed with mechanical front wheel drive (MFWD) engaged, YES: Go to next check.
Wheel Drive (MFWD) then disengage.
Gear and Pinion NO: If mechanical front
Check LISTEN: Does mechanical front wheel drive (MFWD) “whine” when disengaged? wheel drive (MFWD)
“whines”, check oil levels
NOTE: It is normal for mechanical front wheel drive (MFWD) to “whine” when engaged and fill to correct level.
at transport speeds.
– – –1/1
28 Ride Control System Run engine at fast idle. YES: Go to next check.
Check (If Equipped)
Turn ride control ON. NO: See your authorized
dealer.
Operator’s seat facing loader position and locked.
Raise loader boom to maximum height.
Power boom down half-way to the ground.
Stop suddenly by releasing the joystick.
LOOK: Is boom cushioned when joystick is released?
– – –1/1
4-2-19 101008
PN=228
29 Hydraulic Loader YES: Go to next check.

Coupler Check (If CAUTION: Avoid unexpected movement. Position attachment on ground
Equipped) before releasing pin. NO: See your authorized
dealer.
Operator’s seat facing loader position and locked.
Move coupler switch to disengage position.
LOOK/LISTEN: Do coupler pins retract?
LISTEN: Does chime sound?
LOOK: Does coupler indicator light come ON?
– – –1/1
30 Steering System Operator’s seat facing loader position. YES: Go to next check.
Checks
Raise the loader bucket off the ground with the bottom level with the ground. NO: Wheels did NOT
move smoothly in both
directions. Wheels
CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use continued to move after
appropriate lifting device. steering wheel was
stopped. See your
Raise rear of machine off the ground. authorized dealer.
Specification
16 140 lb
Operate engine at approximately 1000 rpm.
Turn the steering wheel full left to full right several times.
LOOK: Did the front wheels move smoothly in both directions? When the steering
wheel was stopped, did the wheels stop moving?
NOTE: Internal leakage or a sticking steering valve spool can cause wheels to
continue to move after steering wheel is stopped.
– – –1/1
31 Cylinder Cushion Engine speed idle. YES: Go to next check.

Check
dealer.

Raise rear of machine off the ground.
Specification
16 140 lb
Boom must be lowered from the transport position.
Activate backhoe swing left and right.
Make a note of the sound and speed as cylinders near end of their stroke.
LOOK: Does swing speed decrease near the end of the cylinder stroke?
Repeat check using backhoe boom raise function.

– – –1/1
4-2-20 101008
PN=229
32 Backhoe and Loader Warm hydraulic oil to operating temperature for this check. YES: Go to next check.
Function Drift Check
Specification NO: See your authorized
Hydraulic Oil—Temperature ............................................................................... 60—70°C dealer.
140—160°F
Position backhoe fully extended with bucket at a 45° angle to the ground.
Lower boom until the bucket cutting edge is 50 mm (2.0 in.) off the ground.
Position loader bucket the same distance off of the ground as backhoe bucket.
Observe both bucket cutting edges for 1 minute.
LOOK: Are both bucket cutting edges still off the ground after 1 minute?
– – –1/1
Cab System Checks
– – –1/1
1 Cab System Checks Do the following work properly? YES: Operational

Operational Checkout checkout complete.
• Seat adjustment
• Seat belt NO: Repair.
• Tilt wheel console
• Dome light
• Horn
• Front and rear windshield wiper and washer
• Four speed (five position) blower fan
• Air conditioning
• Heater
• Door and window latches
• Front and rear work lights
• Drive and brake lights
• Warning lights
• Turn signals
• Side shield latches
• Grill housing
• Fuel fill cap
• Loader boom lock check
• Backhoe boom lock check
• Service decal check
• Beacon (if equipped)
• Auxiliary hydraulics (if equipped)
– – –1/1
4-2-21 101008
PN=230
Troubleshooting Procedure
NOTE: Troubleshooting charts are arranged from the

simplest to verify, to least likely, more difficult to
verify. When diagnosing a problem, use all
possible means to isolate the problem to a single
component or system. Use the following steps to
diagnose problems:
Step 1. Operational Checkout Procedure
Step 2. Troubleshooting Charts
Step 3. Adjustments
Step 4. See your authorized John Deere dealer.
HG31779,0000020 –19–08JAN08–1/1
4-3-1 101008
PN=231
Engine
Symptom Problem Solution
Engine Cranks, But Will Not Start Fuel tank empty Check fuel quantity.
or Starts Hard
Fuel tank vent plugged Remove cap and listen for sound of
air entering tank. Replace cap.
No electrical power to ECU Turn key switch to ON position.

Replace fuse. Repair wiring.
Water in fuel or water frozen in fuel Drain water from fuel tank. Inspect
line fuel filter for water. Change filter.
Debris in fuel or incorrect grade of Check fuel tank outlet strainer for
fuel type of fuel debris. Check bottom of
fuel tank for debris. Clean tank. Add
fuel. Check grade of fuel. Add
correct fuel.
Air leak on suction side of fuel Check for bubbles in fuel filter and
system tighten connections. Inspect fuel
lines for damage.
Fuel transfer pump diaphragm Check engine oil for fuel dilution.
leaking
Slow cranking speed Check battery and connections.

Incorrect engine oil (cold weather).
Restricted air filter Check air filter restriction indicator

and air filters. Clean.
Restricted fuel filter Replace fuel filter.
ECU fuse Replace fuse.
Continued on next page HG31779,0000021 –19–07MAR07–1/4
4-3-2 101008
PN=232
Engine Surges or Stalls Air in fuel Inspect filter for evidence of air in
Frequently fuel. Tighten connections and bleed
fuel system.
Fuel tank vent plugged Remove cap and listen for sound of
air entering tank. Replace cap.
Debris in fuel or incorrect grade of Check fuel tank outlet strainer for
fuel debris. Check bottom of fuel tank for
debris. Clean tank. Add fuel. Check
grade of fuel.
Water in fuel Drain fuel tank and inspect filter

element for water. Replace filters.
Fuel filter plugged Replace filter.
Improper valve clearance Check and adjust valve clearance.
Engine Misses Air in fuel Check for evidence of air in filter.

Tighten connections and bleed fuel
system.
Debris in fuel or incorrect grade of Check fuel tank for water. Check fuel
fuel tank strainer and fuel filter for debris.
Clean. Check grade of fuel.
Incorrect valve clearance Check and adjust valve clearance.
Engine Does Not Develop Power Fuel tank outlet strainer plugged Check fuel tank for water or debris.
Remove and clean.
Fuel filter plugged Replace fuel filter.
Wrong grade of fuel Drain and add correct fuel.
Air system restricted Check air filter restriction and air

filters. Clean.
Incorrect valve clearance Adjust valve clearance.
Engine Emits Excessive Black or Restricted air filter Check air filter restriction and air
Gray Exhaust Smoke filters. Clean or replace.
Incorrect grade of fuel Drain and add correct fuel.
4-3-3 101008
PN=233
Engine Emits Excessive Blue or Cranking speed too slow Check batteries and connections.
White Smoke
Incorrect grade of fuel Drain and add correct fuel.
Slow Acceleration Wrong grade of fuel Drain and add correct fuel.
Detonation (Excess Engine Low engine oil level Add oil.

Knock)
Abnormal Engine Noise Low or incorrect engine oil (too thin) Add correct oil to proper level.
Engine oil diluted with fuel Inspect engine oil. See your
authorized dealer.
Low Oil Pressure (Oil Pressure Low oil level Add oil to proper level. Inspect
Light On—Red "Stop" Flashing) engine oil.
Wrong viscosity oil/oil diluted with Change oil and see your authorized
diesel fuel dealer.
Engine Overheats (Engine Low coolant level Fill cooling system and check for
Coolant Indicator Light On and leaks.
Red "Stop" Flashing)
Low engine oil level Add oil.
Engine overloaded, operating in Reduce load.

incorrect gear
Improper fuel Drain and add correct fuel.
Radiator cap Replace cap.
4-3-4 101008
PN=234
Excessive Fuel Consumption Air system restricted Check filter restriction indicator and
air filters. Replace.
Leakage in fuel system Inspect. Repair.
Incorrect grade of fuel Refill with correct fuel.
Operator holding hydraulics over Return control levers to neutral

relief position.
Excessive Drag In Turbocharger Bearing seizure or dirty or worn Check for plugged air filters.
Rotating Members bearings caused by excessive
temperature, unbalanced wheel, dirty
oil, oil starvation, or insufficient
lubrication
HG31779,0000021 –19–07MAR07–4/4
4-3-5 101008
PN=235
Electrical System
Nothing Works Battery undercharged or dead See your authorized dealer.
Disconnect switch Check switch knob position.
Start fuse Replace fuse.
Battery cables making poor Clean cable connections at battery

connections and starter solenoid.
Power circuit components See your authorized dealer.
Starter Will Not Crank Engine Battery undercharged or dead See your authorized dealer.
Battery cables making poor Clean connections at battery, starter,

connection and ground to frame.
Starter relay problem See your authorized dealer.
Starter solenoid problem See your authorized dealer.
Starter motor problem See your authorized dealer.
Starter motor pinion stuck in flywheel Repair starter motor. See your
gear authorized dealer.
Key switch See your authorized dealer.
Major engine problem See your authorized dealer.
Engine Cranks Slowly Battery cable connections loose or Clean and/or tighten connections.
corroded
Batteries undercharged See your authorized dealer.
Starter armature bearings worn Repair or replace starter. See your

causing starter "drag" authorized dealer.
Starting Motor Turns, but Engine Starter pinion not engaging flywheel See your authorized dealer.
Will Not Crank ring gear
Starter pinion or flywheel gear teeth See your authorized dealer.

broken
Continued on next page VD76477,000122C –19–21DEC06–1/6
4-3-6 101008
PN=236
Starting Motor Continues to Run Starter solenoid stuck See your authorized dealer.
after Engine Starts
Starter not disengaging See your authorized dealer.
Starter relay stuck See your authorized dealer.
Key switch problem See your authorized dealer.
Wiring harness shorted See your authorized dealer.
Battery Using Too Much Water High ambient temperature Refill with distilled water.
Cracked battery case Replace battery. Install hold-down

correctly.
Battery being overcharged See your authorized dealer.
Low Battery Output Low water level See Battery Using Too Much Water
in this group.
Dirty or wet battery top, causing Clean battery and wipe dry.
discharge
Corroded or loose battery cable Clean and tighten cable end clamps.
ends Recharge battery. If machine has
two batteries, recharge separately.
Broken or loose battery posts Wiggle posts by hand. If posts are

loose or will turn, replace battery. If
machine has two batteries, replace
both batteries.
Loose fan/alternator belt or worn Inspect belt or pulley. Adjust or

pulleys replace as necessary.
Starter Solenoid Chatters Poor connections at batteries or Clean connections.

starter
Low battery charge Recharge or replace batteries.
Starter solenoid "hold-in" windings See your authorized dealer.

open
4-3-7 101008
PN=237
Engine Cranks but Does Not Key switch problem See your authorized dealer.
Start
Engine circuit electrical problem Check diagnostic trouble codes.
Wiring harness problem See your authorized dealer.
Start Aid Does Not Work Empty or misaligned start aid can A click, not a hiss, is heard when
start aid button is pushed. Replace
or adjust can.
Start aid switch See your authorized dealer.
Start aid solenoid See your authorized dealer.
Noisy Alternator Worn drive belt Inspect and replace.
Pulley misaligned Adjust alternator mount.
Alternator bearing worn Loosen alternator belts. Turn pulley

by hand. If any roughness is felt,
repair alternator.
Internal alternator See your authorized dealer.
Display Monitor Does Not Work Display monitor fuse Replace fuse.
Wiring harness See your authorized dealer.
Engine Coolant Temperature Wire harness or bad connection at See your authorized dealer.
Gauge Always Indicates HIGH bulkhead connector
Gauge See your authorized dealer.
Sender See your authorized dealer.
Torque Converter Oil Gauge See your authorized dealer.

Temperature Gauge Always
Indicates HOT
4-3-8 101008
PN=238
Fuel Gauge Does Not Work Fuel gauge problem See your authorized dealer.
Fuel gauge sender problem See your authorized dealer.
Display monitor problem See your authorized dealer.
Engine Oil Pressure Indicator Low oil level Stop engine. Check level.
Indicates Low
Low oil viscosity Drain and add correct oil.
Engine Air Filter Restriction Restricted engine air filter Replace filter.
Indicator Light Stays On All the
Time
Engine air filter restriction switch See your authorized dealer.
Voltage Indicator Light Remains Loose or glazed alternator belt Check belt. Replace if glazed;
On tighten if loose.
Engine rpm low Raise engine rpm. If light remains

on, see your authorized dealer.
Excessive electrical load from added Remove accessories or install higher

accessories output alternator.
Loose or corroded electrical Inspect, clean, or tighten electrical

connections on battery, ground connections.
strap, starter or alternator
Alternator excitation diode See your authorized dealer.
Alternator problem See your authorized dealer.
Display monitor problem See your authorized dealer.
4-3-9 101008
PN=239
Hydraulic Oil Filter Restriction Restricted hydraulic oil filter Replace filter.
Time
Hydraulic oil filter restriction switch See your authorized dealer.
Hydraulic Oil Temperature Wiring harness See your authorized dealer.

Time
Horn Does Not Sound Horn See your authorized dealer.
Horn fuse See your authorized dealer.
Horn switch See your authorized dealer.
Backup Alarm Does Not Sound Wiring harness See your authorized dealer.
Backup alarm See your authorized dealer.
Front or Rear Wiper Does Not Wiper fuse Replace fuse.

Work
Wiper switch problem See your authorized dealer.
Wiper motor problem See your authorized dealer.
Blower Motor Does Not Work Blower motor fuse Replace fuse.
Fan motor switch problem See your authorized dealer.
Fan motor resistor problem See your authorized dealer.
4-3-10 101008
PN=240
Cab Work Lights Do Not Operate Fuse Replace fuse.
Light switch problem See your authorized dealer.
Cab work light relay problem See your authorized dealer.
Driving Lights Do Not Work Fuse Replace fuse.
Driving light switch problem See your authorized dealer.
Dome Light Does Not Work Bulb Replace bulb.
Fuse Replace fuse.
Dome light switch problem See your authorized dealer.
Dim Lights Low battery charge Check battery connections.
Low alternator output Check belt tension.
Poor ground at lights Clean and tighten connections.
Return-to-Dig Does Not Operate Alternator excitation/Return-to-dig Replace fuse.

fuse
Boom switch out of adjustment Check cam to see if it activates

switch. Adjust as required.
VD76477,000122C –19–21DEC06–6/6
4-3-11 101008
PN=241
Steering System
Slow or Hard Steering Air in system Check oil level.
Check suction hose clamps.
Steering lines or load sensing "LS" Check and replace.

lines damaged (bent)
Erratic ("Spongy") Steering Air in system Check oil level.
Check suction hose clamps.
No Response When Steering Low or no oil Check reservoir oil level.

Wheel Is Turned
VD76477,000126B –19–21DEC06–1/1
4-3-12 101008
PN=242
Hydraulic System
Reservoir Drains When Changing Return tube vent hole in reservoir Remove, inspect and repair.
Hydraulic Filter may be plugged
Vent tube broken off inside reservoir Remove and repair.
No Loader Or Steering Low oil level Add oil to correct level.

Hydraulics
Pump problem Remove hydraulic filter and inspect.

If filter contains excessive amounts
of metal material, see your
authorized dealer.
Obstruction in oil lines or valves Inspect for pinched lines or stuck

valve spools.
Low Hydraulic Power Hydraulic oil aerated Incorrect oil; drain and refill. Suction
hose has air leak; inspect and
tighten.
Low oil level Check oil levels.
Slow Hydraulic Functions Low oil level Add oil to correct level.
Engine rpm too low Increase rpm or check engine

speed. (See Check Engine Speed in
this manual.)
Hydraulic oil aerated Incorrect oil; drain and refill. Suction

tighten.
Hose or line leakage Inspect and tighten fittings.
Slow Loader And Backhoe Hydraulic oil aerated Incorrect oil; drain and refill. Suction
Hydraulics (Low Pump Output) hose has air leak; inspect and
tighten.
Low Hydraulic Power (Low Low oil level (no aeration of oil) Add oil to correct level.
Hydraulic Pressure)

tighten.
Continued on next page HG31779,0000023 –19–21DEC06–1/2
4-3-13 101008
PN=243
Hydraulic Function Makes Low oil level Add oil to correct level.
Chattering Noise

tighten.
Hydraulic Oil Overheats Excessive load Reduce load.
Operator holding hydraulic system Return levers to neutral when not in

over relief use.
Oil levels too low in reservoir Check levels and add oil. Use
recommended oil.
Using low viscosity oil in hot weather Use recommended oil.
Hydraulic cooling system restricted Clean around radiators and coolers.
Plugged oil cooler Clean oil cooler.
Foaming Oil Oil level too low or too high Check oil level. Adjust to full mark
on sight gauge.
Incorrect type of oil Use recommended oil.
Oil maintenance not performed Perform correct maintenance.
Excessive Pump Noise Low oil level Add oil to correct level.
Hydraulic filter bypass valve Replace filter. Inspect, clean, and

chattering repair.
No Response When Steering Low oil level Check reservoir oil level.
Wheel Is Turned
Machine Turns In Opposite Steering cylinder lines not connected Connect steering cylinder lines to
Direction properly opposite ports.
HG31779,0000023 –19–21DEC06–2/2
4-3-14 101008
PN=244
Transmission
Machine Will Not Move In Low oil level in transmission Add oil to correct level.
Forward or Reverse
Broken drive shafts Inspect drive shafts and universal

joints for external damage. See your
authorized dealer.
Transmission Slippage Low oil level Add oil.
Wrong oil grade Change oil.
Machine Lacks Power or Moves Oil level is low Add oil to correct level.
Slow
Wrong oil, aerated oil Change oil.
Brake dragging Check for excessive heat in brake

area of axle housing after operating
machine. See your authorized
dealer.
Transmission Shifts Too Slow Low or high oil level (aeration of oil) Add oil or drain.
Wrong oil Change oil.
Transmission Overheats Oil level too high or too low Check oil level and correct.
Incorrect type of oil Drain and replace oil.
Oil cooler air flow restricted Inspect and clean exterior of cooler.
Transmission or coolant oil leak See your authorized dealer.
Fan or shroud damaged See your authorized dealer.
Excessive Power Train Noise Engine low idle too slow See your authorized dealer.
Oil level low Fill to correct oil level.
NOTE: If any other problems are encountered which require special tools or machine knowledge to correct, see your
authorized dealer.
VD76477,000125F –19–21DEC06–1/1
4-3-15 101008
PN=245
MFWD
Excessive Noise Oil level low Fill to correct oil level.
VD76477,0001260 –19–14NOV06–1/1
Rear Axle
No Differential Lock Operation Problem in electrical circuit to With engine stopped and key switch
solenoid turn to accessory, activate
differential lock and listen for a click
from solenoid valve.
Do Differential Lock Operational

Checks.
Differential Lock Will Not Release Stuck foot switch Inspect.
Problem in electrical circuit With engine stopped and key switch

on, activate differential lock and
listen for a click from solenoid valve.
Poor Service Brakes Air in brake valve or lines or piston Bleed brakes.
Low oil level Check oil level and fill.
Excessive Noise/Heat Low oil level Check oil level and fill.
Park Brake Will Not Engage Tow release screws turned in See your authorized dealer.
NOTE: If any other problems are encountered which require special tools or machine knowledge to correct, see your
authorized dealer.
VD76477,0001261 –19–14NOV06–1/1
4-3-16 101008
PN=246
Air Conditioning
Air Conditioning System Does A/C and heater blower fuse Replace fuse.
Not Operate
Blower motor switch Check switch.
A/C and heater ON/OFF switch Check switch.
A/C and heater relay Check relay.
Air Conditioner Does Not Cool Fresh air filter restricted Clean or replace filter.
Interior of Cab
Condenser fins restricted with debris Clean condenser fins.
Recirculating air filter restricted Clean or replace filter.
Refrigerant hose kinked, pinched or Check hose routing.

collapsed
Heater or evaporator core fins Clean heater or evaporator core fins.

restricted with dirt or dust
A/C and heater blower motor failed Check blower motor.

or operating too slowly
Warm outside air leaking into cab Inspect, repair or replace door and
window seals.
Heater valve remaining open Inspect, repair, adjust or replace

heater valve or cable.
Air Conditioner Runs Constantly, Freeze control switch, capillary tube Reposition capillary tube in
Too Cold not positioned in evaporator properly evaporator coil.
Interior Windows Continue to Fresh air filter restricted Clean or replace filter.
Fog
A/C system off Put A/C and heater ON/OFF switch

to A/C position.
Heater System Does Not Operate A/C and heater blower fuse Replace fuse.
Continued on next page VD76477,0001236 –19–21DEC06–1/2
4-3-17 101008
PN=247
Blower motor switch/Blower motor Check switch.

fan switch (if equipped)
Heater Does Not Warm Interior of Fresh air filter restricted Clean or replace filter.
Cab
Recirculating air filter restricted Clean or replace filter.
Heater hose kinked, pinched or Re-route or re-index hoses. Replace

collapsed collapsed hoses.
Heater coil fins clogged with dirt or Clean heater fins.

dust
A/C and heater blower motor/Heater Check motor.

blower motor (if equipped) failed or
operating too slowly
Heater valve remaining closed Inspect, repair, adjust or replace

heater valve or cable.
Interior Windows Continue to Fresh air filter restricted Clean or replace filter.
Fog
A/C system off (if equipped) Put A/C and heater ON/OFF switch
to A/C position.
VD76477,0001236 –19–21DEC06–2/2
4-3-18 101008
PN=248
Miscellaneous—Storage
Prepare Machine for Storage
IMPORTANT: Avoid machine damage, do not use

biodiesel during machine storage. When
using biodiesel blends, switch to
petroleum diesel for long term storage.
1. Before storage, operate engine on at least one

complete tank of petroleum diesel fuel to purge the fuel
system. Ensure that the fuel tank is full during storage
to prevent water build up due to condensation.
NOTE: For up to and including B20, it is recommended

that biodiesel be used within three months of its
manufacture. For blends greater than B20, it is
recommended that the biodiesel be used within 45
days. The poor oxidation stability characteristic of
biodiesel can result in long-term storage
problems. John Deere does not recommend using
biodiesel in engines powering standby
applications or vehicles operating on a seasonal
basis. Consult your John Deere dealer or fuel
supplier for additives to improve fuel storage and
performance of biodiesel fuels. These additives
must be added to the biodiesel close to its time of
production for them to be effective.
Continued on next page VD76477,00015C2 –19–07FEB08–1/2
4-4-1 101008
PN=249
2. Repair worn or damaged parts. Install new parts, if

necessary, to avoid needless delays later.
–UN–09NOV88
3. Clean primary air cleaner.
IMPORTANT: High pressure washing greater than

1379 kPa (13.8 bar) (200 psi) can
T47764
damage freshly painted finishes. Paint
should be allowed to air dry for 30 days
minimum after receipt of machine
before cleaning parts or machines with
high pressure. Use low pressure wash
operations until 30 days have elapsed.
4. Wash the machine. Use low pressure wash operations

(less than 1379 kPa (13.8 bar) (200 psi) until 30 days
after receipt of machine have elapsed. Paint areas to
prevent rust. Replace decals, where needed.
5. Run machine back and forth several times. Verify tire

pressure is at the correct operating pressure before
storage.
6. Store machine in a dry, protected place. If stored

outside, cover with a waterproof material.
IMPORTANT: LPS 3 Rust Inhibitor can destroy

painted finish. DO NOT spray LPS 3
Rust Inhibitor on painted areas.
7. Retract all hydraulic cylinders, if possible. If not, coat

exposed cylinder rods with LPS 3 Rust Inhibitor.
8. Add fuel additive and top off fuel tank to prevent

condensation.
9. Place a DO NOT OPERATE tag on the control lever.
10. Lubricate all grease points.
11. Remove batteries.
12. Remove seat cushion and other perishable items.
13. Remove keys and lock all covers and doors.
LPS is a trademark of the Holt Lloyd Corporation. VD76477,00015C2 –19–07FEB08–2/2
4-4-2 101008
PN=250
Monthly Storage Procedure
CAUTION: Prevent possible injury or death from

asphyxiation. Engine exhaust fumes can cause
sickness or death. Start engine ONLY in a
well-ventilated area.
–UN–18OCT88
1. Drain water and sediment from fuel tank when air
temperature is above freezing.
T6191AA
2. Remove LPS 3 Rust Inhibitor from cylinder rods with
a cleaning solvent.
LPS 3 Rust Inhibitor is manufactured by Holt Lloyd Corporation. Continued on next page VD76477,00016A3 –19–08JAN08–1/3
4-4-3 101008
PN=251
IMPORTANT: Prevent possible engine damage.

During cold temperatures, check fluidity
of engine oil on dipstick. If the oil
appears waxy and/or jelly-like rather
than liquid, DO NOT attempt to start
engine. Use external heat source to
–UN–18OCT88
warm the crankcase until oil appears
fluid.
3. Check all fluid levels. If low, check for leaks and add
T6181AU
oil as required.
4. Check belts.
5. Check condition of all hoses and connections.
6. Check battery electrolyte level. Charge and install

battery.
7. For machines with tires, check condition of tires and

tire pressure.
For machines with tracks, check condition of tracks

and track sag.
On crawler machines with non sealed-and-lubricated

track chains, apply oil to the pin-to-bushing joints. Run
machine back and forth several times.
8. Park machine on a hard surface to prevent tracks from

freezing to ground.
9. Fill fuel tank.
10. Pre-lubricate turbocharger bearings, if equipped:
a. Disconnect fuel shutoff fuse.
b. Crank engine for 10 seconds.
c. Connect fuel shutoff fuse.
11. Inspect engine compartment, and remove any foreign

material that may have accumulated. Start engine and
run until it reaches operating temperature. Run at 1/2
speed for five minutes. Do not run at fast or slow idle.
Continued on next page VD76477,00016A3 –19–08JAN08–2/3
4-4-4 101008
PN=252
• If engine fails to start or runs poorly after starting,

change fuel filter(s). Bleed fuel system.
12. Operate all controls, levers, seat adjustments, etc.

unexpected machine movement. Clear the area
of all persons before running machine through
the operation procedure.
13. Make sure the area is clear to allow for movement.

Cycle all hydraulic functions several times. Check
condition of all hoses and connections.
14. Park the machine with cylinder rods retracted, if

possible. Turn key switch to OFF.
15. Apply LPS 3 Rust Inhibitor to exposed cylinder rod

areas.
VD76477,00016A3 –19–08JAN08–3/3
4-4-5 101008
PN=253
Miscellaneous—Machine Numbers
Record Product Identification Number (PIN)
Purchase Date
Product Identification Number
–UN–13JUL00
NOTE: Record all 13 characters of Product Identification
Number.
T132526B
A—Product Identification Number Tag
CED,OUO1079,460 –19–13JUL00–1/1
Record Engine Serial Number

Engine Serial Number
–UN–26OCT06
A—Engine Serial Number Tag
TX1014141A
VD76477,0001148 –19–09NOV06–1/1
Record Transmission Serial Number

Transmission Serial Number
–UN–07FEB06
A—Transmission Serial Number Tag
TX1003410A
VD76477,0001149 –19–25OCT06–1/1
Record Rear Axle Housing Serial Number

Rear Axle Housing Serial Number
–UN–07FEB06
A—Rear Axle Serial Number Tag

TX1003412A
VD76477,000125B –19–13NOV06–1/1
4-5-1 101008
PN=254
Miscellaneous—Machine Numbers
Record Mechanical Front Wheel Drive

(MFWD) Front Axle Housing Serial Number—
If Equipped
MFWD Front Axle Housing Serial Number
–UN–21NOV06
TX1014904A
A—Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Front Axle
Serial Number Tag
VD76477,000124B –19–14DEC06–1/1
4-5-2 101008
PN=255
Miscellaneous—Specifications
Travel Speeds
Travel speeds are as follows for machines using 19.5L-24

rear tires:
Travel Speeds
1 Forward Speed 5.7 km/hr

3.5 mph

6.5 mph

13.2 mph

22.3 mph
1 Reverse Speed 7.2 km/hr

4.5 mph
2 Reverse Speed 13.2 km/hr

8.2 mph
3 Reverse (310SJ only) Speed 21.1 km/hr

13.1 mph
NOTE: Heavily equipped machines and smaller tires may

result in slower travel speeds.
VD76477,0001150 –19–05FEB08–1/1
4-6-1 101008
PN=256
Backhoe Loader Drain and Refill Capacities
Tier 3 Engine Cooling System
Standard Machine Capacity 24.6 L

6.5 gal
Machine Equipped With Cab Capacity 27 L

Heater 7.1 gal

Cooling System
Standard Machine Capacity 21 L

5.5 gal
Machine Equipped With Cab Capacity 25 L

Heater 6.6 gal
Engine Oil (including filter) Capacity 13 L

3.5 gal
Torque Converter and Transmission Capacity 15 L

System 4.0 gal
Rear Axle and Planetary Housing Capacity 18 L

4.8 gal
MFWD Front Axle Housing Capacity 6.5 L

1.7 gal
MFWD Front Wheel Planetary Capacity 1L

Housing (each) 1 qt
Fuel Tank Capacity 155 L

41 gal
Hydraulic System Reservoir Capacity 39 L

10.2 gal
VD76477,0001152 –19–08FEB08–1/1
4-6-2 101008
PN=257
310J Specifications
–UN–11JUN98
T115805
VD76477,00010D9 –19–16OCT06–1/1
4-6-3 101008
PN=258
310J Backhoe Loader Dimensions
NOTE: Specifications and design subject to change

without notice. Whenever applicable,
specifications are in accordance with SAE
Standards. Unless otherwise noted, these
specifications are based on a standard machine
with 19.5L-24, 8PR, R4 rear tires; 11L-16, 12PR,
F3 front tires; 0.86 m3 (1.12 cu yd) loader bucket;
610 mm (24 in.) backhoe bucket; ROPS/FOPS;
full fuel tank and 79 kg (175 lb) operator.
A—Loading Height, Truck Loading

Position
Backhoe w/o Ext. Dipperstick Height 3.33 m

10 ft 11 in.
Backhoe w/Ext. Dipperstick Height 3.38 m

Retracted 11 ft 1 in.

Extended 13 ft 11 in.
B—Reach from Center of Swing

Pivot
Backhoe w/o Ext. Dipperstick Distance 5.44 m

17 ft 10 in.
Backhoe w/Ext. Dipperstick Distance 5.51 m


C—Reach from Center of Rear Axle

21 ft 4 in.

4-6-4 101008
PN=259

D—Maximum Digging Depth
Backhoe w/o Ext. Dipperstick Depth 4.34 m

14 ft 3 in.
Backhoe w/Ext. Dipperstick Depth 4.39 m


E—Digging Depth (SAE)—610 mm

(2 ft) Flat Bottom

14 ft 2 in.


F—Digging Depth (SAE)—2440 mm

(8 ft) Flat Bottom

13 ft 0 in.


G—Ground Clearance Minimum
Ground Clearance Minimum Distance 305 mm

12 in.
4-6-5 101008
PN=260
H—Bucket Rotation
Bucket Rotation Rotation 190°
I—Transport Height

11 ft 3 in.
J—Overall Length, Transport
Backhoe Length 7.09 m

23 ft 3 in.
K—Stabilizer Width, Transport with

ROPS
Backhoe Width 2.18 m

7 ft 2 in.
L—Stabilizer Spread, Operating

10 ft 2 in.
M—Overall Width, Stabilizer Spread

(Less Loader Bucket)

11 ft 7 in.
N—Width Over Tires

6 ft 10 in.
O—Height to Cab/ROPS Top
Backhoe Height 2.74 m

9 ft 0 in.
4-6-6 101008
PN=261
P—Front Axle Centerline to Bucket

Cutting Edge
Heavy Duty 0.77 m3 (1.00 yd3) Length 2.03 m

6 ft 8 in.

6 ft 8 in.
Heavy Duty Long Lip 0.96 m3 Length 2.18 m

(1.25 yd3) 7 ft 2 in.
Multipurpose 0.77 m3 (1.00 yd3) Length 2.15 m

7 ft 1 in.

7 ft 3 in.
Q—Wheelbase
Non-Powered Front Axle Length 2.11 m

6 ft 11 in.
Mechanical Front Wheel Drive Length 2.14 m

Axle 7 ft 0 in.
R—Maximum Height to Loader

Bucket Hinge Pin
Maximum Height to Loader Bucket Height 3.38 m

Hinge Pin 11 ft 1 in.
S—Dump Clearance, Loader Bucket

at 45°
Heavy Duty 0.77 m3 (1.00 yd3) Clearance 2.69 m

8 ft 10 in.

8 ft 10 in.
Heavy Duty Long Lip 0.96 m3 Clearance 2.48 m

(1.25 yd3) 8 ft 2 in.
4-6-7 101008
PN=262
Multipurpose 0.77 m3 (1.00 yd3) Clearance 2.59 m

8 ft 6 in.

8 ft 6 in.
T—Maximum Loader Bucket Dump

Angle
Maximum Loader Bucket Dump Angle 45°

Angle
U—Reach at Full Height, Loader

Bucket at 45°
Heavy Duty 0.77 m3 (1.00 yd3) Distance 785 mm

30.9 in.

830.2 in.
Heavy Duty Long Lip 0.96 m3 Distance 809 mm

(1.25 yd3) 31.9 in.
Multipurpose 0.77 m3 (1.00 yd3) Distance 818 mm

32.2 in.

32.2 in.
V—Loader Bucket Rollback at

Ground Level
Loader Bucket Rollback at Ground Angle 40°

Level
W—Dig Below Ground—Loader

Bucket Level
Heavy Duty 0.77 m3 (1.00 yd3) Depth 160 mm

6.3 in.
4-6-8 101008
PN=263

6.9 in.
Heavy Duty Long Lip 0.96 m3 Depth 147 mm

(1.25 yd3) 5.8 in.
Multipurpose 0.77 m3 (1.00 yd3) Depth 197 mm

7.8 in.

7.8 in.
VD76477,0001154 –19–02NOV06–6/6
4-6-9 101008
PN=264
310J Backhoe Loader
NOTE: Specifications and design subject to change specifications are in accordance with
without notice. Wherever applicable, Standards.
Tier 3 Engine—John Deere 4045HT
Net Peak Power @ 2000 rpm Power 84 hp
Cylinders Quantity 4
Displacement Volume 4.5 L

276 in.3
Engine Torque Rise Torque 47%
Maximum Engine Net Torque @ Torque 367 N•m

1300 rpm 270 lb-ft
Electrical System Voltage 12-volt
Alternator Rating Amperage 90 amps
Tier 2 and Non-Regulated Engines—

John Deere 4045T

276 in.3

1400 rpm 246 lb-ft
Continued on next page MB60223,0000015 –19–08FEB08–1/2
4-6-10 101008
PN=265
Engine—John Deere 4045D—

Naturally Aspirated
Rated Power @ 2000 rpm Power SAE gross 53 kW

71 hp

276 in.3

1000 rpm 208 lb-ft
MB60223,0000015 –19–08FEB08–2/2
4-6-11 101008
PN=266
310J Backhoe Loader Weight
Transporting
Tier 3—SAE Operating Weight Weight 6295 kg

with ROPS 13 880 lb
Tier 2 and Non-Regulated—SAE Weight 6258 kg

Operating Weight with ROPS 13 800 lb
Cab Added Weight 263 kg

580 lb
MFWD with Tires Added Weight 168 kg

370 lb
Extendible Dipperstick Weight 200 kg

440 lb
Front Loader Coupler Weight 286 kg

630 lb
Backhoe Bucket Coupler Weight 59 kg

130 lb
VD76477,0001153 –19–08FEB08–1/1
4-6-12 101008
PN=267
310J Buckets
Width Heaped Capacity Weight

Loader: mm (In.) m3 (Cu Yd) kg lb
Heavy duty long lip 2180 (86) 0.86 (1.12) 426 (940)
2180 (86) 0.86 (1.12) 426 (940)
Multipurpose 2180 (86) 0.76 (1.00) 725 (1600)

Backhoe: mm (in.) m3 (cu ft) kg (lb)
Standard duty 457 (18) 0.13 (4.6) 118 (260)
610 (24) 0.18 (6.5) 136 (300)
Heavy duty with lift loops 305 (12) 0.11 (2.8) 109 (240)
457 (18) 0.13 (4.6) 132 (290)
610 (24) 0.18 (6.5) 1 (340)
54
762 (30) 0.25 (8.8) 172 (380)
VD76477,00010DB –19–16OCT06–1/1
310J Backhoe Loader Lifting Capacities—

Standard Dipperstick
16 5
Lifting capacity ratings are made with bucket hinge pin, 4,859 (2204) 3,232 (1466) 4
12
loader bucket and stabilizers on firm, level ground. Lift 3,123 (1417)
4,420 (2005) 3
capacities are hydraulically limited. Lifting capacities are 4,446 (2017) 3,002 (1362) 8
87 percent of the maximum lift over any point on the 4,968 (2253) 2,875 (1304) 2
DIPPER
swing arc and do not exceed 75 percent of the tipping 7,656 (3473) LIFT 2,758 (1251) 4
WITH 1
load. Angle between boom and ground is 65 degrees. BOOM 2,645 (1200)
AT 65
Machine is equipped with 610 mm (24 in.) standard 2,545 (1154) 0 0
SWING PIVOT
bucket, standard or extendible dipperstick, and standard 2,453 (1113)
1
equipment. BOOM
LIFT
2,366 (1073) 4
2,292 (1040)
2
NOTE: Loader bucket on ground significantly improves 2,236 (1014) 8
–19–09JAN07
side stability, therefore improving lift capacity to 2,223 (1008) 3
the side. Lift capacity over the rear is not affected. 12

4
TX1015209
FEET 0 4 8 12 16 20
METERS 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Lift Capacity, Backhoe with Standard Dipperstick

Based on SAE J31 (Except with Loader Bucket on Ground)
VD76477,00010DD –19–16OCT06–1/1
4-6-13 101008
PN=268

Extendible Dipperstick (Retracted)
16 5
Lifting capacity ratings are made with bucket hinge pin, 4

4,437 (2013) 2,867 (1300) 12
4,050 (1837) 3
DIPPER
swing arc and do not exceed 75 percent of the tipping 6,525 LIFT 2,432 (1103) 4
(2960) WITH 1
load. Angle between boom and ground is 65 degrees. BOOM
AT 65 2,327 (1056)
SWING PIVOT
1
equipment. BOOM
LIFT
2,058 (933) 4
1,984 (900)
2
–19–12DEC06

4
TX1015210
FEET 0 4 8 12 16 20
METERS 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Lift Capacity, Backhoe with Extendible Dipperstick, Retracted

VD76477,00010DE –19–16OCT06–1/1

Extendible Dipperstick (Extended)
16 5
Lifting capacity ratings are made with bucket hinge pin, 2,841 (1289) 1,966 (892) 4
12
2,723 (1235) 3
swing arc and do not exceed 75 percent of the tipping 3,176 (1441)
DIPPER
LIFT 1,792 (813) 4
WITH 1
load. Angle between boom and ground is 65 degrees. 3,919 (1778) BOOM 1,740 (789)
AT 65
SWING PIVOT
1
equipment. BOOM
LIFT
1,614 (732) 4
1,579 (716)
2
–19–09JAN07
the side. Lift capacity over the rear is not affected. 1,575 (714) 12
4
TX1015211
FEET 0 4 8 12 16 20
METERS 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

VD76477,00010DF –19–16OCT06–1/1
4-6-14 101008
PN=269
310SJ Specifications
–UN–11JUN98
T115805
VD76477,00010E0 –19–16OCT06–1/1
4-6-15 101008
PN=270
310SJ Backhoe Loader Dimensions
NOTE: Specifications and design subject to change

without notice. Whenever applicable,
specifications are in accordance with SAE
Standards. Unless otherwise noted, these
specifications are based on a standard machine
with 19.5L-24, 8PR, R4 rear tires; 11L-16, 12PR,
F3 front tires; 0.86 m3 (1.12 cu yd) loader bucket;
610 mm (24 in.) backhoe bucket; ROPS/FOPS;
full fuel tank and 79 kg (175 lb) operator.
A—Loading Height, Truck Loading

Position

11 ft 3 in.


B—Reach from Center of Swing

Pivot

18 ft 3 in.


C—Reach from Center of Rear Axle

21 ft 9 in.

Continued on next page VD76477,00010E1 –19–02NOV06–1/6
4-6-16 101008
PN=271

D—Maximum Digging Depth
Backhoe w/o Ext. Dipperstick Depth 4.42 m

14 ft 6 in.


E—Digging Depth (SAE)—610 mm

(2 ft) Flat Bottom

14 ft 4 in.


F—Digging Depth (SAE)—2440 mm

(8 ft) Flat Bottom

13 ft 4 in.


G—Ground Clearance Minimum
Ground Clearance Minimum Clearance 330 mm

13 in.
4-6-17 101008
PN=272
H—Bucket Rotation
Bucket Rotation Rotation 190°
I—Transport Height

11 ft 6 in.

J—Overall Length, Transport
Backhoe Length 7.16 m

23 ft 6 in.
K—Stabilizer Width, Transport

7 ft 2 in.
L—Stabilizer Spread, Operating

10 ft 2 in.
M—Overall Width, Stabilizer Spread

(Less Loader Bucket)

11 ft 7 in.
N—Width Over Tires

7 ft 2 in.
4-6-18 101008
PN=273
O—Height to Cab/ROPS Top
Backhoe Height 2.79 m

9 ft 2 in.
P—Front Axle Centerline to Bucket

Cutting Edge

6 ft 8 in.

6 ft 8 in.
Heavy Duty Long Lip 0.96 m3 Length 2.18 m

(1.25 yd3) 7 ft 2 in.

6 ft 8 in.

7 ft 3 in.

7 ft 1 in.
Q—Wheelbase
Non-Powered Front Axle Length 2.11 m

6 ft 11 in.
Mechanical Front Wheel Drive Length 2.14 m

7 ft 0 in.
R—Maximum Height to Loader

Bucket Hinge Pin
Maximum Height to Loader Bucket Height 3.4 m

Hinge Pin 11 ft 2 in.
4-6-19 101008
PN=274
S—Dump Clearance, Loader Bucket

at 45°

8 ft 10 in.

8 ft 10 in.
Heavy Duty Long Lip 0.96 m3 Clearance 2.48 m

(1.25 yd3) 8 ft 2 in.

8 ft 8 in.

8 ft 7 in.

8 ft 7 in.
T—Maximum Loader Bucket Dump

Angle
Maximum Loader Bucket Dump Angle 45°

Angle
U—Reach at Full Height, Loader

Bucket at 45°

30.9 in.

30.2 in.
Heavy Duty Long Lip 0.96 m3 Distance 911 mm

(1.25 yd3) 35.9 in.

30.1 in.

32.2 in.
4-6-20 101008
PN=275

32.2 in.
V—Loader Bucket Rollback at

Ground Level
Loader Bucket Rollback at Ground Angle 40°

Level
W—Dig Below Ground—Loader

Bucket Level

6.3 in.

6.9 in.
Heavy Duty Long Lip 0.96 m3 Depth 147 mm

(1.25 yd3) 5.8 in.

8.1 in.

7.3 in.

7.3 in.
VD76477,00010E1 –19–02NOV06–6/6
4-6-21 101008
PN=276
310SJ Backhoe Loader
NOTE: Specifications and design subject to change specifications are in accordance with
without notice. Wherever applicable, Standards.
Tier 3 Engine—John Deere 4045T

276 in.3

14300 rpm 288 lb-ft
Tier 2 and Non-Regulated Engines—

John Deere 4045T
Displacement Volume 4.52 L (276 in.3)
Maximum Engine Net Torque @ Torque 374 N•m (275 lb-ft)

1400 rpm
Alternator Amperage 65 amps
VD76477,00010E2 –19–08FEB08–1/1
4-6-22 101008
PN=277
310SJ Backhoe Loader Weight
Transporting
Tier 3 Engine—SAE Operating Weight 6580 kg

Weight with ROPS 14 510 lb
Tier 2 and Non-Regulated Weight 6544 kg

Engines—SAE Operating Weight 14 430 lb
with ROPS
Cab Added Weight 263 kg

580 lb
MFWD with Tires Added Weight 220 kg

485 lb
Extendible Dipperstick Weight 222 kg

490 lb
Front Loader Coupler Weight 286 kg

630 lb
Backhoe Bucket Coupler Weight 63 kg

138 lb
VD76477,00011A6 –19–08FEB08–1/1
4-6-23 101008
PN=278
310SJ Buckets

Loader: mm (In.) m3 (Cu Yd) kg lb
Heavy duty long lip 2180 (86) 0.86 (1.12) 426 (940)
2340 (92) 1.00 (1.30) 476 (1050)
Multipurpose 2180 (86) 0.76 (1.00) 725 (1600)
2340 (92) 0.96 (1.25) 762 (1680)

3
Backhoe: mm (In.) m (Cu Ft) kg (lb)
Standard duty 610 (24) 0.21 (7.5) 159 (350)
Heavy duty with lift loops 305 (12) 0.09 (3.3) 117 (258)
457 (18) 0.14 (5.1) 151 (334)
610 (24) 0.21 (7.5) 180 (396)
610 (24) 0.25 (8.8) 216 (476)
762 (30) 0.28 (10.0) 202 (444)
914 (36) 0.35 (12.5) 231 (510)
Severe duty 457 (18) 0.14 (5.1) 164 (362)
610 (24) 0.21 (7.5) 192 (424)
610 (24) 0.25 (8.8) 206 (455)
762 (30) 0.28 (10.0) 215 (475)
Ditch cleaning 914 (36) 0.35 (12.5) 231 (510)
VD76477,00010E3 –19–16OCT06–1/1
4-6-24 101008
PN=279

Standard Dipperstick 16 5
Lifting capacity ratings are made with bucket hinge pin, 4

5,585 (2533) 3,745 (1699) 12
loader bucket and stabilizers on firm, level ground. Lift 5,664 (2569) 3,658 (1659) 3
87 percent of the maximum lift over any point on the 6,609 (2998) DIPPER 3,406 (1545) 2
LIFT
swing arc and do not exceed 75 percent of the tipping 11,389 (5166) WITH 3,276 (1486) 4
BOOM 1
load. Angle between boom and ground is 65 degrees. AT 65 3,154 (1431)
Machine is equipped with 610 mm (24 in.) standard SWING PIVOT
3,045 (1381) 0 0
1
equipment. BOOM
LIFT
2,854 (1295) 4
2,780 (1261)
2
–19–12DEC06

4
TX1015212
FEET 0 4 8 12 16 20
METERS 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Lift Capacity, Backhoe with Standard Dipperstick

VD76477,00010E4 –19–16OCT06–1/1

Extendible Dipperstick (Retracted) 16 5
4,384 (1989) 4
3,119 (1415) 12
4,981 3,119 (1415)
(2259) 3
5,078 (2303) 3,049 (1383) 8
5,712 (2591) 2,958 (1342) 2
DIPPER
8,334 LIFT 2,862 (1298) 4
WITH 1
(3780) BOOM
AT 65
2,771 (1257)
2,684 (1217) 0 0
SWING PIVOT
2,606 (1182)
BOOM 2,536 (1150) 4 1
LIFT
2,484 (1127) 2
2,462 (1117) 8
–19–12DEC06
2,514 (1140) 3
3,306 (1500) 12
4
TX1015213
FEET 0 4 8 12 16 20
METERS 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

VD76477,00010E5 –19–16OCT06–1/1
4-6-25 101008
PN=280

Extendible Dipperstick (Extended) 16 5
2,674 (1213)
4
2,184 (991) 12
2,945 (1335) 2,197 (997) 3

3,155 (1431) 2,188 (992) 8
3,373 (1530) 2,158 (979) 2
DIPPER
3,691 (1674) LIFT 2,127 (965) 4
WITH 1
4,390 (1991) BOOM 2,092 (949)
AT 65
2,053 (931) 0 0
2,023 (918)
BOOM 1,997 (906) 4 1
LIFT
1,975 (896)
2
1,971 (894) 8
–19–12DEC06
1,988 (902) 3
2,058 (933) 12
4
TX1015214
FEET 0 4 8 12 16 20
METERS 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

VD76477,00010E6 –19–16OCT06–1/1
4-6-26 101008
PN=281
4-6-27 101008
PN=282
Index
Page Page
A Boom-to-dipperstick pin bolt torque . . . . . . 3-8-3

Auxiliary hydraulic function
Accessory outlets, 12-volt. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-30 Adjusting flow control valve . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-23
Accumulator Auxiliary hydraulic functions
Ride control, checking. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-30 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-24
Acid Auxiliary hydraulic selective flow
Battery, check electrolyte level . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7-2
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-23
Adjustment
Bucket teeth installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-40
Engine valve clearance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10-1
Counterweights
Air
Frame . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-27
Cleaner elements clean . . . . . . . . . 3-3-11, 3-3-12
Liquid, in front tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-28
Air cleaner, engine
Lubricate
Elements, replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9-4, 3-9-5
Pivots and cylinders. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4-6
Intake hose . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8-3
Stabilizers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4-5
Air conditioning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3-17
Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-21, 2-1-25 Operating
Receiver-dryer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-3 Auxiliary hydraulic functions. . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-24
Alternator Auxiliary hydraulic selective flow . . . . . . . 2-2-23
Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-4 Boom lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-15
Precaution. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-11 ISO excavator two-lever controls . . . . . . . 2-2-18
Anti-theft security system John Deere two-lever controls . . . . . . . . . 2-2-17
Configuration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-5 Stabilizers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-14
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-11 Swing lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-16
Attachments Swing lock pin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-16
Adding safely . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3-5 Stabilizers
Operating safely . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3-5 Lubrication. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4-5
Axle Reversing feet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-27
Front, non-powered Backhoe coupler
Lubricate oscillating pivot and steering Grease . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4-9, 3-5-1
pivots . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4-8 Lubricate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4-9, 3-5-1
Lubricate wheel bearings. . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3-14 Safety signs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5-3
MFWD Backhoe Loader
Change oil, housing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10-3 Weight
Change oil, planetary. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10-2 310J . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6-12
Check oil, housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7-1 310SJ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6-23
Check oil, planetary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7-1 Backover accidents
Lubricate drive shaft splines . . . . . . . . . . 3-3-13 Avoid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3-4
Lubricate oscillating pivot and universal Ballast
joints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4-9 Counterweights, front of frame . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-27
Operating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-32 Liquid, in front tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-28
Troubleshooting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3-16 Batteries
Rear Booster batteries. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-14
Oil change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10-4 Using battery charger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-12
Operating differential lock . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-31 Battery
Troubleshooting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3-16 Acid
Axles Burns from battery acid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7-2
Oil specification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-9 Electrolyte level check. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7-2
Explosion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7-2
B Explosions, prevent. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2-5
Handling, checking, servicing . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-15
Backhoe Jump starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-13
Adjustment Rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-16
Boom lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3-2 Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-17
Index-1 101008
PN=1
Index
Page Page
Replacement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-16 Steering console

Terminals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7-2 Locations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-22
Bearings, front wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9-1 Steering wheel tilt lever. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-29
Belt inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3-13 Coolant
Bleeding service brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-35 Conditioner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8-1
Boom Diesel engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-11
Lowering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-33 Drain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-5, 4-1-7
Boom lock Heater. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-7
Backhoe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3-2 Hoses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-4
Boost starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-14 Level. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4-3
Brake Cooling system
Park brake Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4-3
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-34 Draining . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-5, 4-1-7
Service brake Filling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-9, 4-1-10
Bleeding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-35 Service safely . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4-1
Inspection, external . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-1 Coolscan Plus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2-9
Break-in Counterweights
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6-1 Frame . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-27
Break-in engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-5 Liquid, in front tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-28
Breather, fuel Coupler, backhoe
Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9-6 Grease . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4-9, 3-5-1
Breather, hydraulic reservoir. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9-3 Lubricate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4-9, 3-5-1
Bucket Operating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-26
Backhoe Coupler, loader
Installing teeth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-40 Grease . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4-7
Front loader Coupler, Loader
Changing buckets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-26 Operating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-29
Bucket specification Cruise control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-13
310J . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6-13 Cylinder service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-40
310SJ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6-24
Bulb replacement, halogen lights . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-23
C Decals
Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5-1
Cab air filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3-7 Defroster controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-21, 2-1-25
Capacities Diagnostic trouble codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-16
Drain and refill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6-2 Messages, standard display monitor
Checklist. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2-10 (SDM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-15
Chemical products Diesel engine oil. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-6
Handling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2-6 Diesel fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-1, 3-1-2
Codes Diesel fuel conditioner
Standard display monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-16 Low sulfur . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-3
Cold weather Differential lock foot switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-31
Machine warm-up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-8 Dimensions
Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-6 310J . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6-4
Controls 310SJ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6-16
Backhoe, ISO excavator two-lever Dipperstick, extendible
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-18 Lock
Backhoe, John Deere two-lever Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-22
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-17 Drain engine coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-5, 4-1-7
Index-2 101008
PN=2
Index
Page Page
Driving Extendible dipperstick

Steering wheel tilt lever. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-29 Lock operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-22
Driving the machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-11 Operating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-21
Dust unloader vlave Extendible dipperstick w/ attachments
Clean . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3-10 Operating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-22
E F
Electrical Feet, stabilizer

Accessory outlets, 12-volt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-30 Reversing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-27
Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3-6 Filter
Element Cab air
Primary Clean and replace elements . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3-7
Cleaning and inspecting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-2 Engine air cleaner
Secondary Dust unloader valve, clean . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3-10
Inspecting and cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-2 Replace elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9-4, 3-9-5
Emergencies Engine oil
Prepare for . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2-6 Replace element . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8-4
Enable/disable switch Fuel
Pilot control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-23 Replace element . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8-5, 3-8-6
Engine Hydraulic
Air cleaner dust unloader valve, clean. . . . . 3-3-10 Replace element . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9-6
Air filter restriction indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-4 Fires, prevent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2-5
Alternator voltage indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-4 Fluid sample
Boost starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-13 Taking samples. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-25
Break-in . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-3, 3-6-1 Front loader
Coolant heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-7 Boom service lock
Coolant temperature gauge. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-3 Inspect. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3-1
Crankcase vent tube . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8-7, 3-9-2 Operate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2-6
Hood, opening and closing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2-7 Changing buckets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-26
Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2-2 Lubrication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4-4, 3-4-5
Oil change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8-4 Operating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-30
Oil check. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4-2 Ride control
Oil filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8-4 Checking accumulator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-30
Oil pressure indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-4 Discharge pressure for service . . . . . . . . 4-1-31
Serial number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5-1 Front wheel drive
Speed check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9-3 Oil specification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-9
Speed control linkage, adjust . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-38 Fuel
Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-4 Diesel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-1, 3-1-2
Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3-2 Filter
Valve clearance adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10-1 Replace element . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8-5, 3-8-6
Engine oil Handling and storing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-4
Break-In . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-5 Level gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-3
Diesel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-6 Tank
Service Intervals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-7 Capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2-7
Engine speed Drain water and sediment . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3-10
Control knob . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-24 Fuel breather
Engine speed control knob . . . . . . . . . 2-1-24, 2-2-13 Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9-6
Equipment, protective Fumes, exhaust
Wear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2-2 Beware . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2-4
Index-3 101008
PN=3
Index
Page Page
Fuses Backhoe auxiliary functions

Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-19 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-24
Backhoe auxiliary selective flow
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-23
Oil
G Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10-1
Filter, replace element . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9-6
Gauge
Oil filter restriction indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-3
Engine coolant temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-3
Oil specification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-9
Fuel level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-3
Reservoir
Transmission and torque converter oil
Breather, replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9-3
temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-3
Fill screen, inspect and clean . . . . . . . . . . 3-3-8
Grease
Oil level check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4-1
Alternative and synthetic lubricants . . . . . . . . 3-1-5
Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3-13
Axle
Hydraulic oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-9
MFWD drive shaft splines . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3-13
Hydraulic pressure
MFWD oscillating pivot and universal
Pilot control system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-32
joints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4-9
Non-powered front wheel bearings . . . . . 3-3-14
Axle, non-powered front
Oscillating pivot and steering pivots. . . . . . 3-4-8
Backhoe I
Pivots and cylinders. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4-6
Stabilizers and cylinders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4-5 Indicator
Coupler, loader . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4-7 Engine air filter restriction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-4
Extreme pressure and multipurpose . . . . . . 3-1-10 Engine alternator voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-4
Front loader Engine oil pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-4
Pivots . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4-4 Hydraulic oil filter restriction . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-3
Pivots, bucket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4-5 Park brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-3
Ground speeds. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6-1 Ride control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-20
Seat belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-3
Stop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-3
Injection
H Nozzle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-11
Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-11
Hand trottle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-24 Inspection, pre-start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-1
Handholds Instructions, follow
Use correctly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3-1 Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2-1
Hazards Instrument
Work Site . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3-3 Check before starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-2
Heater controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-21, 2-1-25
High-pressure oils
Avoid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2-3
Hood, opening and closing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2-7
Horn button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-20, 2-1-25 J
Hose
Crankcase ventilation . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8-7, 3-9-2 JDLink . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-18
Engine air intake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8-3 Laptop connection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-19
Radiator upper and lower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-4 JDLink in-line fuse
Hour meter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2-1 Unswitched power. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-19
Hydraulic Job timer
Backhoe auxiliary function Standard display monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-19
Flow control valve adjustment . . . . . . . . . 2-2-23 Jump starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-14
Index-4 101008
PN=4
Index
Page Page
L Warm-up
Cold weather . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-8
Lever Normal conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-8
Steering wheel tilt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-29 Machine modifications
Levers and pedals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-1
Avoid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2-2
Lifting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-33
Machine movement
Lifting capacities
Unintended
310J
Prevent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3-2
Extendible dipperstick . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6-14
Standard dipperstick . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6-13 Machine tipover
310SJ Avoid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3-5
Extendible dipperstick . . . . . . . . . 4-6-25, 4-6-26 Machine, inspect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2-3
Standard dipperstick . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6-25 Main menu
Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-22 Standard display monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-16
Loader Maintenance
Boom service lock Chart. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2-1
Inspect. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3-1 Preparation for . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2-2
Operate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2-6 Record . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2-10
Changing buckets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-26 Record keeping. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2-8
Lubrication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4-4, 3-4-5 Mechanical front wheel drive
Operating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-30 Oil specification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-9
Ride control MFWD
Checking accumulator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-30 Lubricate
Discharge pressure for service . . . . . . . . 4-1-31 Change axle housing oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10-3
Loader backhoe Change planetary housing oil . . . . . . . . . 3-10-2
Operating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-26 Check axle housing oil level . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7-1
Loader coupler Check planetary housing oil level . . . . . . . 3-7-1
Operating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-29 Drive shaft splines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3-13
Low sulfur diesel fuel conditioner . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-3 Oscillating pivot and universal joints . . . . . 3-4-9
Lowering boom Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-32
Without electrical power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-33
Lubricants
MFWD front axle housing
Alternative and synthetic lubricants . . . . . . . . 3-1-5
Serial number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5-2
Lubricate
Axle Monitor
MFWD drive shaft splines . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3-13 Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-16
MFWD oscillating pivot and universal Engine air filter restriction indicator . . . . . . . . 2-1-4
joints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4-9 Engine alternator voltage indicator . . . . . . . . 2-1-4
Non-powered front wheel bearings . . . . . 3-3-14 Engine coolant temperature gauge . . . . . . . . 2-1-3
Axle, non-powered front Engine oil pressure indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-4
Oscillating pivot and steering pivots. . . . . . 3-4-8 Fuel level gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-3
Backhoe Hydraulic oil filter restriction indicator . . . . . . 2-1-3
Pivots and cylinders. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4-6 Job timer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-19
Stabilizers and cylinders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4-5 Main menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-16
Coupler, loader . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4-7 Normal display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-14
Front loader Seat belt/park brake indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-3
Pivots . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4-4 Standard display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-2
Pivots, bucket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4-5 Stop indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-3
Transmission and torque converter oil temperature
gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-3
M
Monitor functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-3
Machine Monitor options. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-18
Maintenance, preparation for. . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2-2 Motor service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-40
Index-5 101008
PN=5
Index
Page Page
N Parking
Machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-34
Non-regulated engine Parts, moving
Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2-2 Stay clear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2-3
Normal display Pattern select switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-24
Standard display monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-14 Pedal
Sixth-function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-24
Pedals and levers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-1
Pilot controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-1
O Periodic maintenance chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2-1
Pilot control enable/disable switch . . . . . . . . . 2-1-23
Oil Pilot control system
Alternative and synthetic lubricants . . . . . . . . 3-1-5 Discharge hydraulic pressure . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-32
Change Pilot control wrist rest
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8-4 Adjusting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-38
Hydraulic reservoir. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10-1 Pilot controls. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-1
MFWD front axle housing . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10-3 Adjusting wrist rest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-38
MFWD planetary housing . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10-2 Pins, metal
Planetary housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10-4 Drive safely . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4-3
Rear axle housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10-4 Planetary housing
Transmission and torque converter . . . . . . 3-9-7 Oil change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10-4
Level Pre-start inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-1
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4-2 Prevent unintended detonation of explosive
Hydraulic reservoir. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4-1 devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3-7
MFWD housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7-1 Pump
MFWD planetary housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7-1 Service of pumps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-40
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5-1
Level, rear axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7-4
Specification
Axles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-9 R
Hydraulic system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-9
Mechanical front wheel drive . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-9
Rear axle housing
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-9
Serial number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5-1
Oilscan Plus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2-9
Receiver-dryer
Operating
Check sight glasses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-3
Use Special Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3-6
Recognize
Operating backhoe coupler. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-26
Safety, information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2-1
Operating loader coupler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-29
Regulator precaution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-11
Operating tips
Relays
Lifting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-33
Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-19
Operation qualification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2-2
Required parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2-11
Operational checkout procedures . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2-1
Ride control
Operator convenience features. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1-1
Checking accumulator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-30
Discharge pressure for service . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-31
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-9
P Switch and indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-20
Riders
Park brake Keep off Machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3-4
Check operation of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-34 Right side console
Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-3 Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-20
Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-20 Roads
Park brake switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3-2 Operating or traveling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3-6
Index-6 101008
PN=6
Index
Page Page
ROPS Service intervals

Inspect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3-7 Engine oil and filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-7
Keep properly installed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-41 Service record . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2-10
Maintain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3-7 Sixth-function pedal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-24
Specification
Backhoe boom-to-dipperstick pin bolt
torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8-3
S Hardware torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-41
Oil
Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-9
Safety
Hydraulic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-9
Instructions, follow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2-1
Operator’s seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3-1 Mechanical front wheel drive . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-9
Park and prepare for service safely. . . . . . . . 1-4-1 Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-9
Safety features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1-1 Oil, differential. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-9
Safety signs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5-1 Oil, hand-operated cab tilt hydraulic pump . . 3-1-9
Backhoe coupler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5-3 Oil, park brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-9
Safety, information Wheel fastener torque. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3-6
Recognize. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2-1 310SJ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6-15
Sample test ports Specifications
Fluid sample . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-25 310J . . . . . . . . 4-6-3, 4-6-4, 4-6-10, 4-6-13, 4-6-14
Screen, hydraulic reservoir fill 310SJ . . . . . 4-6-16, 4-6-22, 4-6-24, 4-6-25, 4-6-26
Inspect and clean . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3-8 Speed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6-1
Seat Engine speed control linkage adjustment . . 4-1-38
Air suspension Stabilizers
Controls. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-27 Lubricate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4-5
Switch, height adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-21 Operating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-14
Mechanical suspension Reversing feet. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-27
Controls. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-27 Standard Display Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-3
Seat belt Standard display monitor . . . . . 2-1-2, 2-1-18, 2-1-19
Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-3 Standard display monitor (SDM)
Use and maintain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3-1 Diagnostic trouble codes popup
Secondary and primary element messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-15
Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-2 Starting fluid, cold weather start . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-6
Secondary exits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-26 Starting system check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-24
Security system, anti-theft Starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-4
configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-5 STC fitting
operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-11 Service recommendations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-37
Serial number Steering
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5-1 Toe-in, check and adjust. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-39
Machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5-1 Steering system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3-12
MFWD front axle housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5-2 Steps
Rear axle housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5-1 Use correctly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3-1
Transmission. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5-1 Stop indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-3
Service Storage
Control valves, cylinders, pumps, and Machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4-1
motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-40 Monthly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4-3
Ride control, discharge pressure. . . . . . . . . 4-1-31 Storing fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-4
Service brake Swing Lock Pin
Bleeding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-35 Operating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-16
Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-1 Switch
Service interval checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2-10 Air suspension seat height adjustment . . . . 2-1-21
Index-7 101008
PN=7
Index
Page Page
Defroster, heater, and air conditioner . . . . . 2-1-21, Engine air cleaner dust unloader, clean . . . 3-3-10
2-1-25 Hydraulic control valve service . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-40
Differential lock foot switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-31 Vent tube, engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8-7, 3-9-2
Locations, steering console. . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-22
Mechanical front wheel drive (MFWD). . . . . 2-2-32
Park brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-20
W
Ride control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-20
Turn signal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-22
Warm-up
Warning lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-22
Machine, cold weather . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-8
Work and drive lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-22
Machine, normal conditions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-8
Switch functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-20
Waste
Dispose of properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2-6
Water separator
T Drain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3-9
Weight
Teeth, backhoe bucket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-40 Backhoe Loader
Tire 310J . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6-12
Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3-4 310SJ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6-23
Pressure check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3-3 Welding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-29
Toe-in Welding repairs
Check and adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-39 Make safely . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4-3
Toolbox Wheel bearings, front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9-1
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-17 Wheel fasteners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3-6
Torque converter Windows
Oil change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9-7 Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-26
Oil temperature gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-3 Side, secondary exits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-26
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-36 Work site hazards
Transmissioin Avoid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3-3
Oil temperature gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-3 Wrist rest
Transmission Adjusting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-38
Oil change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9-7 12-volt accessory outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-30
Oil level. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5-1 3-way coolant test kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2-9
Oil specification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-9
Serial number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5-1
Transporting
On a trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-35
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-36
Travel speeds. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6-1
Traveling
On public roads. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3-6
Troubleshooting
Electrical system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3-6
Troubleshooting procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3-1
Valve
Backhoe auxiliary hydraulic function flow
control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-23
Index-8 101008
PN=8

Operator'S Manual 310J and 310SJ Backhoe Loaders

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Operator'S Manual 310J and 310SJ Backhoe Loaders

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

310J and 310SJ

Diesel engine exhaust and some of its constituents are

If this product contains a gasoline engine:

The State of California requires the above two warnings.

Warranty will not apply to engine and drivetrain failures

Unauthorized adjustments are in violation of the emissions

Emission Control Statement

EMISSIONS CONTROL WARRANTY STATEMENT FOR

warranty, less emissions-related parts and components, is

Technical Information Feedback Form

We need your help to continually improve our technical

SEND TO: John Deere Dubuque Works

FAX NUMBER: 563-589-5800

Ideas, Comments (Please State Page Number):

Poor Fair Good Very Good Excellent

Dealer Acct. No.:

Safety—Safety And Operator Conveniences Make Welding Repairs Safely. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4-3

All information, illustrations and specifications in this manual are based on

Steering Wheel Tilt Lever—If Equipped . . . . . 2-1-29 Biodiesel Fuel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-2

Grease Non-Powered Front Wheel Clean Engine Crankcase Ventilation

Remove and Install Halogen Bulb. . . . . . . . . . 4-1-23 Miscellaneous—Storage

This is the safety alert symbol. When you see this

Follow the precautions and safe operating practices

A signal word — DANGER, WARNING, or CAUTION — is

Follow Safety Instructions

Read the safety messages in this manual and on the

Be sure all operators of this machine understand every

Operate Only If Qualified

Wear Protective Equipment

Guard against injury from flying pieces of metal or debris;

Wear close fitting clothing and safety equipment

Avoid Unauthorized Machine Modifications

Inspect machine carefully each day by walking around it

Keep all guards and shields in good condition and

Stay Clear of Moving Parts

Stop engine before examining, adjusting or maintaining

Avoid High-Pressure Oils

This machine uses a high-pressure hydraulic system.

If hydraulic oil penetrates your skin, see a doctor

Avoid High-Pressure Fluids

Escaping fluid under pressure can penetrate the skin

Avoid the hazard by relieving pressure before

Search for leaks with a piece of cardboard. Protect hands

If an accident occurs, see a doctor immediately. Any fluid

Beware of Exhaust Fumes

Prevent asphyxiation. Engine exhaust fumes can cause

Keep A Fire Extinguisher Available: Always keep a

Prevent Battery Explosions

Battery gas can explode. Keep sparks, lighted matches,

Never check battery charge by placing a metal object

Handle Chemical Products Safely

Exposure to hazardous chemicals can cause serious

Dispose of Waste Properly

Improper disposal of waste can threaten the environment.

Never pour waste onto the ground, down a drain, or into

Air conditioning refrigerants can damage the atmosphere.

If uncertain about the safe disposal of waste, contact your

Prepare for Emergencies

Be prepared if an emergency occurs or a fire starts.

Keep a first aid kit and fire extinguisher handy.

Keep emergency numbers for doctors, ambulance service,

hospital, and fire department near your telephone.

Prevent falls by facing the machine when you get on and